Physics June 2009 Paper 2

 
1. In determining the half-life of an alpha-emitting radioactive source, a 2. (a) (i)Give the difference between a 'vector quantity' and a 'scalar
student recorded the following data in Table 1. quantity' . (1 mark)
(ii)Complete Table 2 by writing EACH of the physical quantities
from the list below in the appropriate column:
Mass, Momentum, Displacement, Heat Capacity, Temperature,
Half-Life, Upthrust. (6 marks)

(a) Plot on page 3, a graph of count rate (R) versus time (t). ( 7 marks)
(b) What is meant by the 'half-life' of a radioactive sample?
(1 mark )  
(c) Describe the procedure a student would use to obtain the results in
Table 1. State ONE precaution.
(b)A taxi reaches a traffic police officer while travelling at 30 m s-1
(3 marks)
on the highway. The officer immediately signals the taxi which
 
(d) (i)From the graph, make TWO calculations of the half-life of the
decelerates uniformly and comes to a complete stop in 5 s.
sample. (Assume zero reaction time.)
( 6 marks) (i)In the space below, draw a velocity-time graph to represent
(ii)From your results in (d) (i), calculate the mean (average) half-life. the motion of the taxi from the moment the officer signals, to
( 2 marks) when the taxi comes to a stop.
(e) Estimate the count rate of the sample after (2 marks)
(i) 425 s
(ii) 4 half-life periods.
(6 marks) Total 25 marks (ii) Determine the distance travelled by the taxi from the time the
police signals until the taxi stops
( 3 marks)
-1
(iii) If the speed limit is 80 km h , determine whether or not the
driver should receive a speeding ticket.
(3 marks)
Total 15 marks
3. (a)When travelling along a hot road on a hot day a traveller
may see a distant object with its image directly below it as shown in
Figure 1. The image is called a mirage. Three light rays on the
diagram are labelled A, B and C.

(i)In terms of the distances a and d, write an expression for

a) the distance travelled by the sound pulse after reflection

from the front of the skull to the sound detector
( 1 mark )
Figure 1 b) the distance travelled by the sound pulse after reflection from
(i)Why does Ray A travel in a straight line from the object to the the back of the skull to the sound detector.
observer? ( 1 mark )
( 1 mark ) (ii)The oscilliscope screen shows that the time between the first
(ii)What is the name given to the bending of Ray B as it approaches and the second echo is 0.11 ms. The speed of the sound pulses is
the hot surface? 1200 m
( 1 mark ) Determine
(iii)With reference to the normal, the temperature and the density of a) the difference in distance travelled between the first and the
the air, explain the direction of the bending of Ray B at Point x. second echo
( 2 marks) (2 marks)
(iv)The mirage is a virtual image. With reference to Rays B and C,
explain how the mirage is formed and why it is described as a virtual b) the diameter, d, of the baby's skull.
image. (1 mark )
( 2 marks) (c)Figure 3 shows how a human eye focuses to see an object
0. C represents the optical centre of the lens in the eye.
(b)Ultrasounds may be used in determining the growth of a baby in
its mother's womb. Sound pulses are directed towards the baby's
skull and reflected pulses (echoes) from the front and back of the
baby's skull are detected and displayed on an oscilliscope screen, as
shown in Figure 2.

Figure 3
(i) The object 0 is 100 m from the centre of the eye lens and
the magnification of the eye lens is 0.005.
Determine the distance of the retina from the centre of the eye
lens. 5. Magnets are characterized by magnetic field lines.
( 3 marks) (a) Sketch the magnetic field associated with (i) a single bar
(ii) Write a formula for calculating the magnification of the eye magnet and (ii) between two strong bar magnets with their north
lens using the object height and the image height poles facing, and in line with, each other. ( 4 marks)
(1 mark) (b) An emergency flashlight is an essential item during
Total 15 marks hurricanes and blackouts. One model has a crank handle
connected to an alternating current generator, rechargeable
batteries and light emitting diodes (LEDs) as shown in Figure 4.
When the handle is turned, a permanent magnet also turns in the
presence of a stationary coil. This produces a current which
4. (a)(i)State the law of the conservation of charges the batteries.
energy.
(ii) What is the difference between 'potential energy' and
'kinetic energy'?
(iii) Does the fact that heat is lost when work is done against
friction violate the law of conservation of energy? Justify your
answer.
( 6 marks)
(b)The three-week-long cycling race, the Tour de France,
is said to be one of the most grueling sporting events in the
world.
(i) If a cyclist of mass 70 kg uses a bicycle of mass 7 kg,
how much work must the cyclist do against gravity in order to
ascend to 2100 m from sea level (0 m)?
(ii) One particular descent goes from 2100 m to 1600 m.
Assuming the work done
against friction is 90% of the potential energy change of the Figure 4
cyclist and the cycle, what INCREASE in speed in km/h can a (i) How is the electromotive force (e.m.f.) generated in the
rider attain by the end of the descent? stationary coil?
(iii) What is the average rate of energy conversion of the (ii) What ADDITIONAL component is needed to be able to
cyclist and cycle if the descent in part (ii) takes 1 minute at charge the batteries?
constant speed? (iii) At a reasonable cranking rate, the unit generates 6.2 V.
(Acceleration due to gravity, g = 10 m s-2) Calculate( 9the
marks)
current in the circuit if the resistance is 310 Ω.
Total 15 marks ( 5 marks)
(c)A similar device includes a transformer so that an MP3 player can
also be charged. The primary coil has 300 turns.
 (i) How many turns are needed in the secondary winding if the
voltage is stepped up from 6.2 V to 15.5 V?
(ii) Given that the current in the primary winding is 10 mA, what
power is transmitted to the secondary windings if the transformer is
77% efficient?
( 6 marks)
Total 15 marks

6. (a)You are given a container of negligible heat capacity and a

thermometer.  
Describe how the specific latent heat of fusion of ice can be
determined using the method of mixtures. (6 marks)
(b)A physics student was provided with 25 g of ice to convert to
steam. How much heat is needed to change this 25 g of ice at 0°
C to steam at 100° C? ( 9 marks)
(Specific heat capacity of ice = 2 x 103 Jkg-1K-1)
(Specific heat capacity of water = 4.2 x 103 Jkg-1K-1)
(Specific latent heat of vaporisation of water = 2.3 x 106 Jkg-1)
(Specific latent heat of fusion of ice = 3.4 x 105 Jkg-1)
Total 15 marks
 PHYSICS JUNE 2008 - PAPER 2 (h) (i) State TWO major sources of energy loss in transformers.

( General Profi,ciency - 2 Yz hours (2)

(ii) Describe the constructional features of commercial transformers which

SECTION A - Answer ALL questions minimize the losses stated in Part (h) (i).
(2)
1. In the experimental setup shown in Figure I, a variable a.c. voltage (Total 25 marks)
source, V J , drives the primary of a step down transfonner of turns
ratio 5000 : 600. A resistor, R = 8 n, is connected across the 2. (a) Table 2 is an incomplete table showing the quantity to be measured, the
secondary winding. instrument used to measure the quantity and its S.l. unit.
Complete Table 2 by writing in the missing information.

rVI
Quantity to be measured
Volume of a liquid
Table 2
Instrument

Clinical thermometer
S.I. Unit

l Figure 1
Time Stop clock
Newton

(7)
(b) A swimming pool 30 metres long is filled with water to a depth of I
Table I shows the values obtained for V2 when VI is varied from 0 V metre at the shallow end and 5 metres at the deep end (see Figure 2 not
to 90 V. drawn to scale).
Table 1 30m D
~~A
1m /~-
B

T /""- ~
(a) Use the readings from Table I to plot a graph of V2 vs VJ. (6)
'" '/ / 'C"A />:- ,,",--_
(b) Find the slope, S, of your graph. ~://y~-......
'\~
:"".::.",
(4)
(c) What does the slope of your graph represent? Figure 2
(1)
(d) Use your graph to detennine the value of V2 when VJ = 50 V. (i) ABCD the vertical cross-section through the pool has the shape of a
(1) trapezium with ar~ given by:
(e) Calculate the current h in the secondary windings when V 1 = 50 V Area ABCD = Y:z '(AB + CD) x AD
(3) Calculate the area ABCD (2)
(f) Use the slope of your graph and the equation (ii) Determine the volume of water in the pool, given that it is 20 metres
I J = 812 wide.
to determine the current I} in the primary winding. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (3)
/ (2) (iii) Calculate the mass of water in the pool.
(g) (i) Calculate the power delivered to the(resistor, R, by the secondary [density of water = 1000kg m .3] (3)
windings. . (3) (Total 15 marks)
~
(ii) Calculate, also, the power input to the primary windings by the
source. \ (1) 3. (a) The THREE MAIN particles in an atom are:
\
)
/~

A.
B. ' -'-- _ 5. (a) Describe an experiment to verify SneIl's law. State the apparatus •
C W used. your method, and the results you would take to arrive at your
(b) The corresponding location ofEACH ofthese particles is: conclusion. (6)
A. (b) Figure 4 shows a ray of light, XV, incident on a right-angled prism,
B. PQR, of refractive index 1.5. The point of incidence on PR is such
C W that the refracted ray inside the prism is incident
p
on PQ.
(c) The particle with NO charge is called
(1)
(d) How many half-lives would it take for a sample of Carbon-14 to
be reduced to 1/32 of its original mass?
(2)
(e) Given that Carbon - 14 has a half-life of 5700 years, detennine
how long it would take for this reduction to occur.
(2) C'"h.l'l I 'Q

(t) Carbon dating involves t~~ of Ca.rl)ori-=-i4to det:ennine the Figure 4

age of ancient objects. Explain how this is accomplished. (i) Calculate the angle of refraction at the boundary, PR.
(4) (ii) Given that the critical angle for the glass-air boundary, PQ. is
(Total 15 marks) 41.8·, deduce the whether or not there would be total internal
SECTION B - Answer ALL questions reflection at this boundary. (9)
(Total 15 marks)
4. (a) (i) Define the 'moment of a force'.
(ii) Draw a diagram to illustrate the action of a force multiplier lever. 6. (a) The method of mixtures is used to detennine the specific heat capacity
(iii) Explain the operation of a force multiplier lever. (6) of liquids and solids by experiment. Describe the procedure, the
(b) Figure 3 shows a wheelbarrow and stones with a total mass of 43 kg. measurements to be taken and the use of these measurements to
The wheelbarrow is in eq~i1ibrium with two ofthe three forces acting obtain the result in such an experiment. (6)
on it shown in Figure 3. I 6." I
vm
~~pned I~
(b) It is recommended that in order to maintain good health a person
k
lEi
should drink at least 4 x 10 - 3 m3 [4kg] of water per day. Assume
)10'.

wheelbarrow ~n I (F)
I
that this entire volume of water, initially at IS·C, is eventually
excreted as urine at 3TC.
Find the amount of heat removed each day by the quantity of urine.
[Assume the specinc heat capacity of urine specific heat capacity of
i.. !.Sill . . . . ~i water =4200 J kg- I'K- I , density of urine = density of water =
. Figure 3 . lOOOkg m «3] (6)
(i) Identify the nature and point of action ofthe third force acting on the (c) What mass of perspiration would remove the same quantity of heat as
wheelbarrow. Write down an equation showing the relationship the urine in Part (b), when completely evaporated from the skin?
between the THREE forces. Assume that evaporation is equivalent to a change of phase from liquid
(ii) Calculate to vapour without an increase in temperature. .
(a) the weight, W (see Figure 3) [Specific latent heat of vapourisation of water = 2.3 x 106 J kg - I] (3)
(b) the value of the applied force, F (see Fi~ure 3).• (Total 15 marks)
[acceleration due to gravity. g::: IOms - ] (9) END OF EXAM
(Total 15 marks)
_____ . .--...tJ
~.~
Il!i,~'t' .~~. <
I '..::'l.lH'. t t t
......­

PHYSICS JANUARY 2008

1. . A student investigating a relationship between extension and force for a spring of original length
60.0 em obtained the results seen in Table 1 below.

Paper 02 - General Proficiency TABLEt

IJ.hours Mass, mig Force,FIN Final length of Extension,

2
spnng,lIcm elcm
'aph paper for Question 1.
20.0 605
40.0 61.0
60.0 61.5
80.0 62.0
100.0 62.4

120.0 63.0

(a) Complete Table 1 by calculating the force. F, and the extension, e, of the spring.
[acceleration due to gravity. g:::: 10 N kg·'] ( 4 marks)

Plot a graph of Extension against Force on the graph paper on page 2. (10 marks)
(b)

(c) From your graph, calculate the slope, S.

(4marks)

(d) The spring constant is related to the slope of the graph as follows.
. 1
Spong constant :::: S.
Calculate the spring constant.

(2 marks)
(e) Draw a labelled diagram showing the apparatus as used in this investigation.

( Smarks)

With the aid of dotted lines. use your graph to

(i) detemrine the force which would cause an extension of 1.8 em

(2 marks)

(li) estimate the extension of the spring if a force of 1.3 N is applied.

(Zmarks)
7.­
il...
 3. Figure 1 shows light passing through a reetang1l1ar glass block. Important features ofthis arrangement
(g) If the student continues to take readings, a point may be reached where proportionality no
are labelled A, B, C, D, E and x.
lOnger exists. '

jName this point

i G....
blodr.
Total 30 Jnllrks ( 1 mark)
2. (a) (i) State Boyle's Law.

(2 marks)

(li) Using the axes below, sketchthelineargraph you would expectto obtain from aBoyle's
Law experiment.
""

t­ "-"1
(a) Identify the labelled parts ofFigure 1.

A D

B E

C x
(6 marks)
(b) The refractive index ofthis glass block is 1.5.
( 4 marks)

r (b) A police car tyre had a fixed mass ofair at a temperature of24"C. The air pressure was 210 KPa (1)
1\ 1\
Determine the value of angle b (b) When a == 60".
above atmospheric pressure. After a high speed chase, the air pressure in the tyre was 260 KPa
above atmospheric pressure..

Apply the metic theory of matter to explain the increased pressure in that tyre. (l mark)
(1)
(li) State a reason for your answer in (b) (i).
r

( 4 marks)
Oroark)
(ii) Detennine the new temperature ofthe air in the tyre, assuming no change in the volume. (ill)
1\
Calculate the value of angle d, (d).
(Atmospheric pressure ::= 100 KPa).

( Smacks)
( 4 marks)
Total IS marks

I
 I
<iv)
A
Determine the value which angle d Cd) must exceed if E is to be totally internally
(ii) The component labened A in Figure 2 makes 10revolutions in one second. On the grid Ii
reflected. provided. sketch a graph to represent the variation of output curtent with lim!! durin.!! j
the fJr.St two revolutions. Indicate the SCALB used. on BACH axis.

( 3 marks)

Total 15 marks

4. Figure 2 represents an alternating current generator.

(iii) The speed of rotation of component A is tripled with no other change involved.
Determine the effect on
a) the period of the output current

Figure 2
(2 marks)
(a) (i) Write the name of the components labelled A, B, C and x. b) the peak value of the output current.
A C

B
x
(4 marks) (1 mark)
Explain why a voltage is obtained across the terminals x and y. Total IS marks
s. (a) Draw circuit diagrams showing

(i) two resistors connected in series

(1 mark)

( 2 marks) (Ii) two resistors connected-in parallel.

The terminals x and yare connected to a 5 0. resistor. The peak output voltage across x - y is ( 1 mark)
(b)
l2V. (b) State ONE characteristic ofresistors connected in
(i) Calculate the peak value of the output -current.
(i) series

(1 mark)
(3 marks)
(ii) parallel.
(
JII"
(c) Figure 3 shows a circuit diagram in which devices AI' B I, A z and Bzare connected. Paper 03 - General Proficiency

\8, J\\~ ~p 1. (a)

1 hour
Draw a clear labeIled diagram of a U-tube manometer and describe how it may be used for
measuring the excess pressure of a gas above atmospheric pressure. ( 8 marks)

Je t
Figure 3
oQ
(b)
Some farmers and gardeners use a pressurized sprayer to apply pesticide to their crops or plants.

< If \\ Air.pat<
Nom.N

(i) Identify the devices labeIled by the

B's
(2 marks)
The devices labelled AI and A z are identical with the rating 60 W,140 11. A resistance

.­
r­
tDIaI _ _

101_
ot
• -~] - II Llq1Ild p«lidik

meter is connected across the terminals P and Q. Complete Table 2 shOWing any

necessary working. F1....... l

TABLE 2 Figure I shows such a sprayer, consisting of a pressure vessel of volume 10 litres,
containing 8litres ~ I2l<sticiQ,e... Valve B is first closed. The space abov~d
Devices Resistance Meter Reading / 11 is filled with ~ at a p~~a, pumped in with a hand pump through open
7777)777777»>7777777 valve A until the desired pressure is reached. Valve A is then closed.
B1 Bz
(i) The sprayer is operated by opening valve B thereby causing the liquid pesticide to
open squirt out ofnozzleN. Explain why this occurs by considering the forces acting on
open
the liquid columnX - Y. Hence predict the condition under which liquid will NOT
open closed squirt out of the nozzle when valve B is <?pened.

(ii) The sprayer is used for a certain period of time during which the liquid level falls
closed closed
and the pressure above the liquid is reduced.
Calculate the volume of pesticide which would still remain in the tank when air
pressure above the liquid is 150 KPa if all temperatures remain constant

[Assume all pressure differences due to hydrostatic pressure of liquid to be

negligible; I.e. pressure at upper surface of liquid =
pressure at bottom of tank.]
(Smarks)
[Atmospheric'pressure = 100 KPa]
(d) The resistance meter is removed and a battery is connected across P and Q. What should be the (12 marks)'

voltage of the battery in order to deliver the rated power to both At and A z?

SHOW ALL YOUR WORKING. Total 20 marks

I 2. (a) Name TWO methods of heat transfer and describe THREE characteristics of EACH
method identified. ( 8 marks)

(b) Figure 2 shows the curved reflecting surface of a solarcooker which focusses
2
sunlight onto
a pot containing food. The area of the reflecting surface is 0.75 m and the solar power
'\ ( 4 marks) incident on it is 800 Wm-z. Only 76% of the energy incident on the curved surface is
reflected towards the pot.
totall' mark.s

END OF TEST

 4. (a) Electrical energy is used in many appliances in the home. The fan, television setII
_lot and fluorescent lamps are three such appliances. In EAeH case, name the MAJOR
WI... ==! I I
tvltJUtdJng
:::;;/-4, S.blrndht1eft
form or enerzy into Which elecUical energyl'l. convertea.
po'
C_.Jpol (ii) Describe FOUR ways by which electrical energy can be conserved in the home.
(8 marks)

(b) Mr Williams approached Melissa, a physics student, to confirm whether his monthly electrical
bilI of $320.00 was reasonable. The appliances in his house and usage are as follows:
_ ~ Ol,....s.nlI..tllIJ
...­ Number Electrical Device Estimated Usage
Calculate F1gu.... z

(i) the energy arriving at the curved surface each second 8 100 W bulbs 210 hours

(ii) the total energy reflected towards the pot in one hour 1 125 W Colour Television 120 hours

(iii) the energy absorbed by the pot and its contents if this energy is just enough to raise
1 1100 W Microwave oven 300 minutes
their temperature by 70° C

(i) Calculate the total number of units of energy consumed by Mr Williams' appliances.
1
[Heat capacity of pot and food = 8500 J K- )
(ii) Calculate the total electricity bill if $1.60 is the cost per unit.
Total 20 marks (12:marks)
(iv) the efficiency of the solar. cooker.
(iii) What should Melissa tell Mr Williams about the correctness of his bill?
3. (a) You are making a presentation to your class on the image formed by a converging lens
(iv) You are provided with 1 A,5 A, and 10 A fuses. Select an APPROPRIATE fuse fo~
acting as a magnifying glass.
the microwave oven given a 120 V electricity supply.
(i) Draw a labelled diagram to show the following clearly: (12 marks)

a) The principal axis

Total 20 marks

b) The principal focus

arks)
5. (a) Explain what is meant by the term 'radioactive decay'.
c) .The focal length
arks)
State the name and nature of THREE types of radioactive emissions.

d) The image formed

Is the image formed in this situation real or virtual?

(5 marks) (c)
During a nuclear fission reaction, the uranium isotope, 2~~ U is struck by a neuli'on and

(3marks) splits into barium (Ba). krypton (Kr) and twO neutrons.

Identify THREE differences between a real image and a virtual image.

A stamp collector views a stamp of height 2.0 cm with a hand lens placed 1.5 cm from the
Table I gives the masses of the particles involved in the nuclear reaction.
(c)
stamp. The distance of the image from the lens is 5.0 cm. The object distance. u, image
distance, v. and focal length. f, of a lens are related by TABLEt

MassIKg
1. + 1 =! Particles
u v f
Neutron 1.675x 10-21
Calculate Uranium nucleus 390.989 x 10-27
Barium 238.893 x 10-27
(i) the height of the image of the stamp
Krypton 149.241 x 10-27
(ii) the magnification of the lens used

(iii) the focal length of the lens

(iv) the position of the image formed if the object distance was doubled.
(12~ks)
3
... ,
[The speed oflight. c::: 3.0 x 10& m :.;-1].

(I) Represent this reaction in the standard fonn of a nuclear equation. given that the
atomIc mass of barium is 144 and the atomic number of krypton Is 36.

OJ) Calculate
a) the total mass of the starting products: uranium nucleus and the neutron

b) the total mass of the final reaction products: the barium and krypton nuclei
and the two neutrons.

(iii) Explain why the answers to (c) (ii) a) and (c) (ii) b) are different.

(Iv) Calculate the energy released in this reaction and deduce the fonn in which this
energy will appear.
(12 marks)

Total 20 marks

END OF TEST

 "

CARIBBEAN EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL <"""" .. """""""""""""""""""" "''''''' K"""" "''' "''' ~"o " .. " '" <" "" .,-",,",,""""""" >l"" X"" x","""""""" X" X""""""" ,'""" ",,",,"''''

JUNE 2007 PHYSICS PAPER 2

.. ".,." (3 marks)
Time: 1 Vi Hours (g) The equation of how the graph line is V = mT + C. Write down the values
All questions must be attempted. ONLY non-programmable ofm and C.
calculators allowed. ALL working must be shown. v".<"v .. "'''''''''',. .. "'',, .... ~'''' """"~,,~ _d.~. ,_" '_""v""""""
' , " (2 marks)
1. No more than Yz hour should be spent on this question.
(h) The pressureas is doubled and the experiment repellted. Draw, on
DATA ANALYSIS the same set of axes, the line that would be obtained if the experiment is
repeated at this higher pressure. Label this line, "Line 2". .(2 marks)
A student investigates the relationship between the volume and temperature of a
'fixed mass of gas at a constant pressure of I atmosphere. TOTAL 30 MARKS

The results she obtained are shown in the table below 2 (a) Explain what is meant by the terms 'velocity' ap.d 'acceleration'.
l.. .!~~p~r:ll!lIrej~<:: .. .,~~_ 150 200 250
Volume / em3 49.1 ' 70.5 78.9 87.0 ........................................................................................... .(3 marks)

(b)
(a) With the aid of a diagram, describe a method that the student could have
used to obtain her results.

,(6 marks) A B C
..... _-- _._.- 27m ._.-.-.-.- .......-.--.----.-.-.--.-- 54m-·-·-·--· ..
(b) Plot a graph of volume, V, (y-axis) against temperature, T, (x-axis). The Figure 1
axes have been drawn for you. The scale for the x-axis should include the
range -300°C to +300°C, with 50°C per division. Label the graph line of V Figure 1 above shows a car at A moving towards C, with a constant velocity of
against T "Line 1". (9 marks) 30 m S·I. As the car passes A, the driver sees an obstruction in the road at C. Due to
the reaction time of the driver, the car travels a distance of 27m, at the same velocity,
(c) From the graph, determine VI, the volume of the gas at -120°C before the brakes are applied at B. The car now decelerates unifolIDly and comes to a
halt at C, which is 54 m from B.
•• ' d , , •• , , , •• , •••• " •• ,.(2 marks)
(i) Calculate the reaction time of the driver. (2 marks)
(d) At what temperature is the volume 2V 1?
(ii) The car takes 3.6 s to travel from B to C. In the space below, draw a
..................................... "., ,(2 marks)
velocity time graph to represent the motion of the car between A and C.
(3 marks)
(e) DetelIDine the slope, S, of the graphs. Include its units. (iii) What is the average speed of the car between Band C?
~ ~ "" "" ~""''''''''''''' "X"""·.ox v. r .<,. __ " .. "-""
,-" . y" """" """ "" ~ >. ~ > ~"" ¥l<" "" "" ",," """"""""" "" r, ".",,', "'" ",," """ ~'" .. """
" ,. (3 marks)

, ,.,,, , (4 marks) (iv) If the mass ofthe car is 750 kg, fmd the braking force that slows the car
between Band C.
(f) From your graph, read off the temperature, To, at which the volume would
be zero. Explain the significance of To. ., ., ",.. " , .,(5 marks)

TOTAL 16 MARKS

tt
...
3 (a). Figure 2 below shows a shiny kettle which is placed on a gas stove to heat TbeoryA
the water inside it.
Cover

TbeoryB
Water _. ,,­
(2 marks)

Figure 2 (b) Table 1 below lists some of the properties of light.

(i) By what process is heat transferred to the water through the kettle? Indicate, by ticketing the relevant boxes, the properties which these theories
(1 mark) can explain. Place an X in the box if the theory CANNOT satisfactorily
explain the property.
(ii) Explain why kettles are usually shiny on the outside.
,,, ....• ., ., . ., , ., , \1 mark)
PROPERTY THEORY A THEORYB
(iii) How does the cover prevent heat losses?
Travels in a straight line
marks) Reflection
Conveys energy
Only about one-third ofthe thermal energy generated by burning the gas Diffraction
goes into heating the water, whilst the remainder is wasted.
Table 1
(4 marks)
State where the wasted energy goes and give the process by which this
wasted heat is transferred.
(c) An optical fibre is a flexible glass rod of extremely small diameter which is
used to carry light signals over distance of several kilometres.
marks)
Figure 3 below shows the structure of a typical optical fibre, with a glass
(c) If the mass of water in the kettle is l.5kg, calculate the thermal energy
core ofrefractive index, 1.50, surrounded by a glass cladding of different
required to raise its temperature from 30°C to 100°C. (3 marks)
refractive index, n 2 • Once the light enters the core, it is totally internally
reflected and remains inside the fibre until it reaches the other end of the
(d) How much more energy must the water absorb for 0.2kg of it to boil off?
fibre. The ray of light, AB, in air is refracted into the core along the
(3 marks)
path Be.
(e) Explain why it is better not to fill the kettle when making one or two cups Cladding nz
of tea. C
T
........................... w •••• .......... " ....
,{2 marks) Air'
3 l
I
(Specific heat capacity of water = 4.2 x 10 J kg· K'l Core
6 l
Specific latent heat of vaporization ofwater = 2.3 x 10 J kg· ) n:::; 1.50

TOTAL 14 MARKS A Cladding ~

4. In the seventeenth century, two conflicting theories concerning the nature of

Figure 3
light were put forward.
(i) State what these theories considered light to be.
(i) What is meant by 'total internal reflection' at point C?

marks)
Paper
(ii) Is the refractive index ofthe cladding greater or smaller than that of the
core?

..................... , " , .. u.u"u uu, ' n.\.. mark)

FigureS
(iii) Draw on Figure 3, the ray that shows the path of the light continuing on (iii) Draw, on figure 5 above, the charge distribution on the paper
from C. when it is in contact with the polythene strip. (1 mark)

................... " u un'''''''',,, uu " ""u"" (1 mark)

(iv) State whether the paper gains or loses charge and the type of
charge transferred, when it touches the, strip. (2 marks)
(iv) Calculate the angle of incidence of the light entering the fibre. (3 marks)
(b) When lightning strikes the earth, there is a massive flow of electrons from a
(v) Given that the speed of light in air is3 x l08 ms'\ , determine the speed of thundercloud to the earth during a short time interval.
light in the core ofthe fibre.

marks)
Thundercloud
TOTAL 16 MARKS

*
5. A negatively charged polythene strip is used to attract a small piece of
insulating paper as shown in Figure 4 below.

~' 7 ~7~7777~77
77777777 ~ ~ Earth·

Figure 6

c;5paper (i) Draw, on Figure 6 above, electric field lines between the cloud
and the earth. (2 marks)

(ii) Describe a precaution which may be taken to protect a building

against lightning. (2 marks)
Figure 4
4
(c) During a certain lightning strike, a current of 5 x 10 A flows for a time
(i) Show, on the diagram above, the charge distribution on the paper. period of 0.1 5 ms.
(2 marks)
Calculate the quantity of charge that flows from cloud to earth during the
(ii) Explain why there is a net force of attraction. strike. (3 marks)
(2 marks)
TOTAL 14 MARKS

END OF TEST

5'
Graph for Question 1

 PHYSICS - JUNE 2007 (b) (i) Pitch and loudness are terms used to describe sound. How are the
GENERAL PROFICIENY- PAPER 03 -lBR frequency, wavelength and amplitude ofa sound wave affected by
an increase in the
'" l.(a) State Newton's first and second laws of motion. Use the laws to (a) pitch of the sound?
explain how'a satellite remains in orbit around the earth. (8 marks) (b) loudness ofthe sound?
~ Spaee Shuttle
Tllrust of rocket k"" mass '" 1.1 X 10; kg
(ii) The note, middle C, played fITst on a piano and then on a violin
motors '" 540, 000 N ~- .....
/
,- '" sounds different on the two instruments. The notes are said to have
/ different quality. Explain this observation. (5 marks)
/

v-
I
I Height of orbit", 450 km (c) The diagram below shows two loudspeakers, L 1 and L 2 connected to the
I same source and vibrating in phase with each other.
A YOrbital velocity =I) kmls
\ I
8
\ /
c
\
, /
/

" '" ,
/ ---- -- ---;-----­ A
""'-.-...c.""'" ~
Figure 1

(b) (i) The mass ofa space shuttle is 110 tones (1.1 x lOSkg). It orbits the
earth at a height of 450 km, with a speed of9 km s -1. Calculate the (i) The loudspeakers produce notes of frequency 132 Hz. If the speed of
kinetic energy ofthe shuttle in this orbit sound is 330 m s"l, what is the wavelength of the notes?
(ii) The shuttle possesses gravitational potential energy. Assuming that
the gravitational field strength (g) is the same at all heights up to 450 (ii) Consider, at any instant, a sound wave starting at Lx and proceeding
km, calculate the total energy of the shuttle as it orbits the earth at in the direction of A. Sketch a graph of displacement (of the air
this height. (7 marks) molecules) against position for the fITst 7.5 m of this wave.

(c) When the space shuttle is to return to Earth, it fires its rockets in order (iii) A student walks along the line XY. At both A and B the sound is
to slow down. The total thrust of the rocket motors is 540 000 N and loud whereas at C the sound is quite faint. Explain these
the rockets are fired for 360 s. observations.
Calculate the With the frequency of the notes still 132 Hz, the loudspeakers are
(i) deceleration ofthe space craft while the rockets are firing moved closer together. What will be the effect on the observations at
(ii) reduction on speed during the 360 s. A, BandC?

(g= 10Nkg-1) (5 marks) (iv) The frequency of sound is now changed to 264 Hz with the
Total 20 marks loudspeakers returned to the original positions. Will wavelength now
be larger or smaller than before? What will be the effect on the
2. (a) Sound is a longitudinal wave that is produced by vibrating sources. observations at A, B and C? (12 marks)
Sound waves emitted from two sources are found to be vibrating in Total 20 marks
phase. Explain what is meant by the terms underlined. (3 marks)
)

b
r

3. (a) Answer the following questions using the kinetic theory of matter. (c) A radioactive source is found to be emitting, on average, 880
(i) Explain why thennal energy has to be supplied to a liquid at its particles per second. If the source has a half life of 25
boiling point to be changed into gas, without any chang~ in minutes, how much time will elapse before the average emission rate·
temperature, and why the volume of the gas produced is much becomes 110 per second?
greater than the original volume of the liquid. State the energy
change that occurs during the phase change from liquid to gas. Explain why the measured count rate in one second is unlikely to be exactly
110. What will be the effect on the count rate of (i) gently heating the
(ii) A gas exerts a pressure on the walls of its container. What causes radioactive sample and (ii) heating the sample to a very high temperature?
this pressure? If the temperature of a gas in a container is reduced, (6 marks)
the pressure in the container falls. Why does this occur? (8 marks) Total 20 marks

(b) At standard temperature and pressure, that is, 0 °C and 1.0 I x 105 Pa 5. (a) Draw a diagram ofa simple moving-coil loudspeaker.
pressure, the density of oxygen is 1.43 kg m·3• Explain how a changing voltage applied to the, loudspeaker results in
sound being emitted from it. (8 marks)
Oxy~en is stored in a container of volume 3.87 m3, at a pressure of2.02
x 10 Pa and at a temperature of 25°C. (b) A loudspeaker is usually enclosed in a box to improve its efficiency
(i) What volume would the same mass of oxygen occupy at 'standard of converting electrical energy into sound. The loudspeaker is then
temperature and pressure'? Calculate the mass of oxygen in the connected to the output of an amplifier. A certain loudspeaker has a
container. resistance of 16 n and operates at an efficiency of 15%. It is
connected to an amplifier which provides voltage of 12 V to the
(ii) The container is now heated to 45°C. What will be the new
loudspeaker.
pressure? Assume the container does not expand.
Calculate:
(i) The current flowing in the loudspeaker
(iii) Sketch a graph of pressure against KELVIN temperature for the gas. (ii) The electrical power being delivered by the amplifier
Indicate on the graph the original temperature and pressure. (iii) The sound energy per second being emitted. (7 marks)
(12 marks)
Total 20 marks (c) A second identical loudspeaker Is now connected in a parallel with
the frrst loudspeaker across the output of the same amplifier which
4. (a) Describe the procedure used in the Geiger-Marsden experiment. still provides an output voltage of 12 V.
State the results of the experiment and outline what these results Determine:
suggested about the structure of atoms. (8 marks) (i) The combined resistance of the two loudspeakers
(ii) The total sound energy per second being emitted (5 marks)
(b) The common isotope of sodium, Na, is stable, while the sodium Total 20 marks
isotope, with a mass number of24, sodium-24, is radioactive.
Sodium-24 decays into an isotope of magnesium (Mg) by the
emission of a ~-particle.

Write a nuclear equation to represent the decay of sodium-24. How many (i) END OF TEST
neutrons and (ii) protons are in the nucleus of magnesium which is formed
and how many electrons are there in a neutral atom of magnesium?
(6 marks)
 PHYSICS JUNE 2006 - PAPER 2
General Proficiency - 1 Y:z hrs.

1. A student was asked to investigate the variation in temperature of2 kg of

water initially at 30°C, when heat energy was supplied to it by an electric B
heater rated at 1400 W. The following measurements were taken and A2 c
recorded in Table 1.
Table 1
Temperature of water, afc 30.0 40.0 51.0 62.5 72.0 80.0 89.0 Figure 1
Heatin2 time, tis 0 60 120 180 240 300 360
Temperature change, (i) Identify the type of connection employed in this circuit.
0
0= (A 6-30)fC
Ener2Ysupplied,(!=1400tJJ 0
(ii) Give the meaning of the circuit symbols labelled:
(a) Complete the table above. (3)
(b) Plot on the graph page opposite a graph of energy supplied against
C_-.--_ _::---.--_---::_-::------:- _ (2)
temperature change. (1
(iii)Name the type of voltage produced at A.
(c) Calculate the gradient ofthe graph. (6)
(d) Assuming that the energy loss to the container and the surroundings _ _ _ _ _ _--::-_ _--,----:_-,----:-_ _ (1)
(c) (i) A fluorescent lamp is rated at 15W, 120V. Calculate the
is negligible, what physical quantity does this gradient represent?
current which the lamp draws from the main supply. (3)
(1)
(e) DDe~ttee;nnnnj";;in;;;e1ithtiie;-;v~aililu~e~orlf~thiiiissqwmti[ty"iflllk~g:<orlf~w~art;terenwV;e;r;re;Wusesedd­ (ii) Calculate the resistance of this lamp while it is lit. (3)
(iii) When the lamp is lit, 4 W of the energy supplied is lost as
and state the physical quantity this represents. (2)
heat. Calculate the efficiency of the lamp. (3)
On graph page.
Total 15 marks
(t) Water boils at 100°C. Calculate the heat energy which must be
supplied in order to completely convert the 2 kg of water to steam. (3)
(g) Distinguish between boiling and evaporation. 3. Figure 2 shows successive stages in the generation of a transverse wave
on a stretched slinky spring.
~ F"xed ...d("all)
A
(4) StrtlA:1tod !IIlal<y
Total 30 marks
B - - - - -'l!llQmOllmmu,-J
[Specific latent heat of vaporization ofwater = 2.3 x 106 Jkg'I]
c

D
2. (a) Explain what is meant by 'electrical resistance'.

(2) E

(b) The circuit shown in Figure 1 shows the interconnection between

electrical devices, B and C, and voltage source A.
J)'

Figure'2

-1
Physics June 2006 P2 ­ Page 1 of 3
 (i) Indicate on Figure 2F by appropriately labelling
(a) the position of a crest 4. (a) Define 'the moment of a force'.
(b) the position of a trough (2) (3)'
(b) State the principle of moments.
(ii) Draw labelled arrows on Figure 2E to show
(a) the direction ofthe wave (3)
(b) the direction of hand movement needed to produce this (c) A cyclist hangs his bicycle with the rear wheel in contact with the
wave. (3) ground and the handle attached to a light string as shown in Figure
4. The entire assembly is in e9uilibrium.
(iii) Indicate on Figure 2A the direction of hand movement needed

to produce a longitudinal wave. (1)

(b) In a classroom demonstration a student uses a slinky spring to generate

waves of frequency 5 Hz with 0.65 meters separation between
successive crests. Determine the speed ofthese waves. (3)
(c) (i) Deduce whether the velocity of a sound wave win increase,
decrease or remain constant when the wave travels from a denser
to a less dense medium, given that the frequency remains constant
and the wavelength decreases.

(1)
(ii) Compare the waves produced on the slinky spring in part (b) with
a typical sound wave in terms of the motion ofthe particles.

Transverse wave on the slinky spring _

Sound wave (2)

(d) In Figure 3 below, a ship sends out pulses of high frequency sound O.8m~ I
I
(ultra sound) which are reflected from the sea bed and received at the '~--1.7Sm~
ship every 1.2 x 10.2 seconds.

Fignre4

Cross seclloo (i) Indicate by drawing arrows on Figure 4 the forces acting on the
TraIlsmltter 7 " <fl? -.. oCsbip
bicycle. (3)
Recdver
(ii) Write TWO equations relating these forces.

'I'ransmitte4 pulse _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (3)

(iii)The bicycle has a mass of 20kg. Use the result you obtained in
Received poise
Part (c) (ii) to determine the tension in the string.

Seabed
Fignre3 (3)
Total 15 marks
Calculate the depth ofthe sea bed below the transmitter. (3)
(Speed of sound in sea water - 1 500 m S·1) Total 15 marks [Acceleration due to gravity, g- 10 ms·2]
Physics Iune 2006 P2 - Page 2 of 3
5. (a) Complete Table 2 below showing the International Insulation Colour
Code.
Table 2
Code Live Wire Neutral Wire Earth Wire
International
Insulation Colour --­

(b) Fuses are sometimes used to protect electrical equipment from excess
current. Explain how a fuse works.

(3)
(c) A household has the following appliances
• Heating iron rated at 1200 W, 110V
• Television set rated at 70W, 110 V
• Electrical fan 52W, IIOV
(i) Calculate the total power consumed by these devices. (1)
(ii) These devices are in use for 4 hours per day. Calculate the
energy consumed in kilowatt-hours in a 30-day month. (2)
(iii) Calculate the bill for the month if each unit of electricity
costs 40 ¢. (2)

(iv) Assuming that these devices are connected in parallel across the
mains supply, and are switched ON, calculate the TOTAL current
drawn from the mains. (3)
(v) Fuses are available with the following current ratings: 5A, lOA,
15A, 25A. Select a suitable fuse for protecting these devices.
(1)
Total 15 marks

END OF TEST

Physics June 2006 P2 - Page 3 00

<lI
 PHYSICS JUNE 2006 - PAPER 3 measuring the time taken for the reflected beam to be received
General Proficiency 1hr. back on earth.
(i) The laser used had a wavelength of450 nm. What was its
1. (a) State, in words, Newton's three Laws of Motion. (8) frequency?

(b) The Boeing 737-800 aircraft can accelerate from rest to a take off (Velocity oflaser light=3.0 xl08 m S·l)

speed of300 km hr.I in 25 seconds. Calculate in m s·2the value ofthis (ii) The transit time was found to be 2.5s.
acceleration, assuming it to be constant. (5) Calculate the distance between the earth and the moon.
(c) (i) The aircraft has a mass of 6xl 04 kg. Two identical jet engines
provide a thrusting force. Calculate the magnitude of the thrusting (iii) A prism such as ABC shown in Figure I can be employed as a
force needed to give the aircraft the acceleration calculated in part reflector for a laser beam as represented as WXYZ.
(b). Hence fmd the corresponding thrust for EACH engine. Determine the relationship between eA AND eB.
(ii) The thrust calculated in (i) is a theoretical value. Suggest a reason B

why this thrust if applied IN PRACTICE would NOT provide the

expected acceleration.
(iii) The mass ofthe aircraft was increased by loading additional
passengers and luggage. How could this affect the time taken to A' ~'"I I' oR 'c
reach take-offspeed? (7)
Total 20 marks w !

2. (a) With the aid of a labelled diagram, explain how you would observe Figure 1
Brownian motion. (8) (iv) Find the condition which 9B must satisfy in order that total internal
(b) Use the Kinetic Theory of Matter to explain reflection occurs at AB. (12)
(i) the Pressure Law Total 20 marks
(ii) how a drop of blue ink placed in a container of pure water
eventually spreads out to occupy the entire volume. (7) 4. (a) Compare the characteristics of zinc-carbon primary cells with those of
(c) Mr. Shah decided to do some measurements on one of his motor car lead -acid batteries by drawing and completing the comparison table
tyres. The temperature of the air in the tyre was found to be 200 C and show below. You should indicate typical numeric values wherever
the pressure was 200 kPa above atmospheric pressure. possible. (8)
After driving for a few kilometers, he again measured the air pressure
of the tyre and found it to be 240 kPa above atmospheric pressure. LEAD-ACID ZINC-CARBON
(i) What was the final temperature of the air in the tyre, assuming that Terminal voltage
the volume of the tyre remained constant? Maximum current
(ii) What other assumption is necessary for your calculation to be Internal resistance
valid? (5) Rechargeability
(Atmospheric pressure =100 kPa) Total 20 marks (b) (i) Calculate the power output of a lead-acid battery of terminal
voltage 12V when supplying a load of 80A.
3. (a) (i) Describe FOUR ofthe properties ofelectromagnetic waves. (ii) The energy storage capacity of automobile batteries is usually
(ii) X-rays and ultraviolet radiation are both electromagnetic in nature. quoted in Ampere-hours (Ab). Energy storage capacity may also
For EACH ofthese two types ofradiatiorl, name TWO means of be expressed in joules. Conversion from Ampere-hours to joules
detection. (8) uses the following formula: ,
(b) The distance between the earth and the moon has been measured
Energy (joules) = Terminal voltage x Ampere hours x 3600.
by transmitting a laser beam from earth to a reflector on the moon and

Physics June 2006 P3 - Page lof2

q
 Calculate the energy in joules stored in a 12 V, 240 Ah battery.
Express your result in megajoules. (6)
(c) Electric cars employ an array of batteries to drive an electric motor
Element Atomic mass unit
which in tum drives the road wheels. The array may consist ofN
Bi 211.99127 u
columns of batteries, two of which are shown in Figure 2. An
11 207.98201 u
equivalent circuit ofthis arrangement is shown in Figure 2.
Helium 4.002604 u
f"'---" - - -
'J: ::c

I:20Vor
j
I--=- I
A:fray I : (iii) Calculate the release in the energy in the first nuclear reaction at
of I ::::
12V I-=-
-=-
:

""7
I
I
I 30kW - _.-­ a). • (12)
batteries I : : I d..c. JIlOmr
I --b- ::=::: I
c=3.0x108 ms- 1
'L T _ _I u= 1.66xl0-27 kg
Figure 2
Total 20 marks
(i) Determine the minimum number of 240 Ah batteries which can

supply the POWER REQUIREMENT ofthe motor. END OF TEST

(ii) Determine the number of 12 V batteries which must be connected

across the motor to supply its rated voltage. Hence find N, the

number of columns and the total number of batteries required.(6)

Tota120 marks

5. (a) Radioactive isotopes have been used in the following area:

(i) Medicine
(ii) Industry and Agriculture
Describe briefly, TWO useful applications in EACH of areas (i) and (ii).

Give an example of the isotope or type of radiation in EACH of your four

applications. (8)

(b) (i) Represent EACH ofthe following nuclear reactions in the

standard form \X ---+ cdY+ efW:

a) Bismuth (Bi) with a mass number of212 and an atomic

number of 83 emits radiation to form Thallium (11) with a

mass number of208 and an atomic number of 81.
b) Carbon (C) with a mass number of 14 and an atomic number

of 6 emits radiation to form Nitrogen (N) with a mass number

of 14 and an atomic number of 7.

c) More unstable Technetium (mTc) with a mass of99 and an

atomic mass of 43 emits radiation to form more stable

Technetium (Tc) with same mass and atomic numbers.

(ii) Determine the number of protons in Bismuth and calculate the

number of neutrons in that same element.

Physics June 2006 P3 - Page 2 of 2

 PHYSICS - PAPER 2 - JUNE 2005
MECHANICS
General Proficiency Time: 1Y2 hours.
2. (a) (i) State the principle of conservation of energy.
1. You are to spend no more than % hour on this question.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ [2]
(ii) Defme the term 'potential energy'.
In this question you find the refractive index of a rectangular block
of glass.
---------------~--------------------------------------------------------
[1]
A student was given this experiment as a CXC SBA activity and (iii) Give ONE example of a body possessing potential energy.
produced the following results.

Angle of incidence Angle of refraction A (iv) Define the term 'kinetic energy'.
S'ml
":­ Sin r
i1degrees r/degrees
10.0 6.0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ [1]
20.0 12.0 (v) Give ONE example of a body possessing kinetic energy.
30.0 18.0
40.0 24.0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ [1]
50.0 30.0 (b) At a football match between two college teams, the referee ordered
60.0 36.0 a free kick. The ball of mass 1.5 kg was placed at rest. The kick
was about to be taken by an eager footbailer. What was the
(a) Complete the table above. [4] potential energy of the ball just before the kick was taken?
(b) Plot a graph of Sin f against Sin r on graph paper. [10]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ [1]
(c) Find the slope, n, of the graph. (c) The footballer kicked the ball and it was caught by the opposing
goalkeeper, 4 metres above the ground.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------ [4] The ball was travelling at 10 ms -1.

(d) What does the slope, n, ofthe graph represent? (i) Calculate the potential energy of the ball just before it was
caught. ---------------------------------------------------------------­
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ [1]
(e) Draw a labelled diagram identifying the apparatus used and angles -----------------------------------------.------------------------------- [3]
measured by the student to obtain the results. [6] (ii) Calculate the kinetic energy ofthe ball just before it was caught.
(f) A ray of light is incident at an angle of 35°. With the aid of dotted
lines use your graph to calculate the angle of refraction produced. <

------------------------------------------------------------------------- [3]
(iii) After the ball was caught, what was the kinetic energy
converted into? -----------------------------------------------------­
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ [5]
Total 30 marks -------------------------------------~----------------------------------- [2]
Total 15 marks
PHYSICS - June 2005 - Page 1 of 5
\0
3. (a) Defme the 'heat capacity of a substance' and state its SI unit. (c) [n Figure 1 below the primary of the transformer is connected to a
battery and a switch while the secondary is connected to a centre­
zero galvanometer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------- [3]
(b) Name the THREE modes of heat transfer.
..L
----------------------------------------------------------------------------- [3]
(c) A well-insulated hot water tank is used to supply hot water to a
residential dwelling house. The immersion heating element inside
the tank has a power rating of2200 W and the tank contains 125 kg
T
of water at 28°C. Calculate
(i) the heat energy supplied by the heating element in 2 hours
Figure 1
------------------------------------------------------------------------ [3]
(ii) the heat energy supplied to the water, given that its temperature (i) Describe what would be observed on the galvanometer when
increases to 58°C the switch is closed.

------------------------------------------------------------------------ [3] ------------------------------------------------------------------------- [2]

[specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J kg-1K-1] (ii) Explain your answer.
. (iii) the heat capacity of the tank, assuming that the tank and the
water reach the same final temperature of 58°C.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ [3]
(iii) Describe what would be observed on the galvanometer if the
------------------------------------------------------------------------ [3] switch is subsequently opened.
Total 15 marks

4. (a) Explain what is meant by the term 'magnetic field'. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ [2]
(iv) Deduce what would be observed on the galvanometer if the
----------------------------------------------------------------------------- [2] battery were replaced by a low frequency a.c. supply.
(b) TWO bar magnets are close to each other so that their magnetic
fields interact. Sketch the field pattern for the TWO arrangements .----------------------------------------------------------------------- [1]
(v) How would these observations be affected if the number of
shown below.
turns on the transformer secondary were significantly
increased?
(i)
N INS I
------------------------------------------------------------------------- [1]
(ii) IS N I [4]
Total 15 marks

PHYSICS - June 2005 - Page 2 of 5

 5. (a) Identify the logic gates described in the first column ofthe table (c) The logic circuit of Figure 2 is incorporated into the electrical
below and hence complete the table by writing in the names and system of a car as shown in Figure 3 below, and switches 8 I and 82
logic symbols in the appropriate columns. [6] are operated according to the table below.

DESCRIPTION NAME SYMBOL

Output is always low except ~n----..A
81
when both inputs are high
Output is always high except
when both inputs are low
Output is always high except
when both inputs are high
:2 I\V
(b) Figure 2 shows a logic circuit.
~o .8 • I
A 82

x Figure 3

ENGINE ENGINE DOOR DOOR

ON OFF OPEN CLOSED
ANY ANY
SWITCHSl ON OFF
f---­ --------------­
STATE STATE -----­

1 2 w SWITCHS2
ANY ANY
ON OFF
STATE STATE
y
B
Explain what happens if:
(i) the DOOR is OPEN and the ENGINE is OFF.

Figure 2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------­ [2]

(ii) the DOOR is OPEN and the ENGINE is ON.
Examine the logic circuit shown in Figure 2 and complete the
following TRUTH TABLE: -----------------------------------------------------------------------­ [1]
Total 15 marks
A B W X y
0 0 ENDOFTE8T
0 1
1 0 ---­

I 0
[6]

PHYSICS - June 2005 - Page 3 of 5

,
..
\
 212. 208 4
PHYSICS - PAPER 3 - JUNE 2005
natural: 83 BI ---i> 81 Tl + 2 He + Energy

General Proficiency Time: 1 hour

•• 1 235 A 90 1

1. (a) An acetate rod may be charged positively by rubbing it with a dry cloth, artIfiCIal: 0n + 92 U ---i> 54 Xe + 38 Sr + 3( 0 n) + Energy
whereas a polyethylene rod will be negatively charged if similarly
rubbed. Explain why this occurs. Explain, with the aid of diagrams if Table 1 below gives the data for these nuclides where u = 1.66 x 10-27 kg.
necessary, why it is possible to pick up small bits of paper with either
ofthese charged rods. [8] Table 1: Showing nuclide and atomic mass
(b) The positively charged acetate rod and the negatively charged Nuclide Atomic mass I u.
polyethylene rod are made to touch ea<;h other, causing 31lA of current 235U
to flow from one rod to the other for a period of 4 ms. Calculate 92 235.04393
(i) the amount of charge which flows through the rod 2i~ Bi 211.99127
(ii) the number of electrons involved in this current flow. 20sTl
81 207.98201
(Charge of electron 1.6 x 1O-19C) [6] 51Xe 142.93489
(c) A cloud has the charge distribution shown in Figure 1 below. ~Sr 89.90730
......

++++++++ +++
j He 4.00260
In 1.00867
. . . _-----­

------ (i) Calculate the number of neutrons in Bismuth (Bi). [3]

(ii) Detennine the atomic mass number of Xenon (Xe). [2]
Figure 1
(iii) Calculate the energy released in EACH nuclear reaction and the
(i) In your answer booklet sketch the electric field pattern inside the ratio of the larger to the smaller. Deduce the recommendation
cloud, treating the charge distribution as that for TWO parallel that the engineer will give to the investor. [7]
plates.
(b) Radioactive materials emit alpha (a), beta (13) and gamma (y) radiation.
(ii) If this cloud is directly over a tall building, explain how the Table 2 summarises some of the properties of these types of radiation.
distribution of charges in the building's structure will be affected. Copy the table in your answer booklet and complete the missing
entries.
(iii) The air between the cloud and the building breaks down and there Table 2: Properties of a, IS and 1 radiation
is a flash of lightning. Deduce the direction in which the electrons
will flow in this lightning bolt. [6] Rangei haviourin Type of tracks in
Total 20 marks air ectric field cloud chamber
a
2. (a) An investor is interested in a nuclear power station project. He has the
option of using natural or artificial radioactive decay processes to f3
obtain energy. In helping him to decide, he consults an engineer who faint track
compares the energy obtained from the' following TWO nuclear I y I I LJp()()r i()!1izers)
reactions: [8]
Total 20 marks

PHYSICS - June 2005 - Page 4 of 5

3. (a) With the aid of a neat, clearly labelled diagram, describe an experiment The centre of gravity of the bicycle is vertically above 0, a point on PQ
to prove the relationship between the angle of incidence, i, and the where PO = 30 em. I
j<e-c. g.llwng this line
angle of reflection, r, for a ray of light incident on a plane mirror. [8]

(b) Figure 2 is a side view of ABCD, a prism made from fused quartz (a
type of glass) of refractive index 1.46.
A

pIE ,0 il'IQ
M
l}_~m

Figure 3
Given that the normal reactions of the ground on the front and rear
wheels are R 1 and R2 respectively, write TWO equations, in Rl and R 2,
which satisfY the conditions of equilibrium. [4]
(c) Kenny and Candy decided to sit on a see-saw while visiting a local play
park. Candy, of mass 50 kg, sat 250 cm from the pivot of the seesaw.
(i) Where should Kenny, of 60 kg mass, sit so that a state of stable
equilibrium exists? [5]
tJ 'c (ii) What should Kenny do if he wanted to elevate Candy? [3]
(Acceleration due to gravity 10 N kg-I)
Figure 2 Total 20 marks
The ray MN is incident on face AD as shown. 5. (a) (i) Distinguish between EACH of the following pairs of terms:
a) 'Solidification' and 'fusion'
(i) Show that MN will be totally internally reflected from the face
AB. m b) 'Condensation' and 'vaporisation'
(ii) Describe FULLY the process of sublimation.
[4]
[2]
Redraw the diagram in your answer book. (b) For the changes of state mentioned in a) and b) above to take place
energy must be added to or removed from a substance. Give the general
(ii) Determine, em. the angle which the reflected ray makes with the
name for this type of energy and state what happens to the temperature
face BC at point P.
during these processes. [2]
(iii) Sketch on your diagram the ray from point P, showing clearly the (c) A student placed 700 g of water at 28°C in a freezer. After 6 minutes
path from P through to its emergence from the prism. and 15 seconds the water was transformed to ice.
Indicate any refraction. Calculate:
Total 20 marks (i) the heat energy transferred from the water during the temperature
change
4. (a) With the aid of a labelled diagram describe an experiment to determine (ii) the latent heat of solidification, given that 235200 J of heat energy
the centre of gravity of an irregularly shaped sheet of cardboard. [8] was transferred during the change of state
(iii) the rate of heat energy transfer for the entire ~rocess. [5]
(b) Figure 3 shows a bicycle of mass IS kg resting in a vertical position,
(Specific heat capacity of water ::::: 4200 J kg- K-1)
with the front and back wheels touching the horizontal ground at points
Total 20 marks
P and Q respectively, where PQ 1 m.
END OF EXAM
PHYSICS - June 2005 - Page 5 of 5
\'1­
 no _.. •

PHYSICS PAPER - JUNE 2003

2(a) Compare a common dry cell with a car battery by completing the table
GENERAL PROFICIENCY - 1 ~
below.
TABLE 2
1. Table 1 shows the relationship between the temperature, T, ofthe Feature CommOll Dry Cell Car Battery
measuring junction of a thermocouple and the thermocouple emf: E, Size I weight
Large
Heavv
that is measured by a millivoltmeter. Ammonium
Table 1
Electrolyte Chloride paste
Thermocouple emf ElmV
Emf
Temperature Tf'C Lesd
Electrodes Lesd Dioxide
(a)(i) Use1fle values in the table to plot E against T. Draw your BEST Current Small to
straight line. (10 marks) Capacity Moderate ...

(ii) Find the slop ofthe graph. (6 marks)

MM • • .W. .·-. ~~. ~----_-----_----

i ( A1 i

(5 marks)
(b)(i) Use your straight line graph to determine To, the temperature at which
the thennocouple emfE = O.
--------_._._------------------------_.------------------_.._------------------------­

(3 marks)
(ii) Use your straight line graph to determine, Ex the thermocouple emf

,_ _J
Figure 1
when T = 200°C.

(b) A generator and a battery of secondary cells are connected through an

(1 mark) ammeter as shown in the circuit of Figure 1.
(iii) Given that E = S(T - To), use the relationship to find T when E =
(i) Indicate the direction of current flow on your diagram. (l mark)
0.4mV.
(ii) Show, on the diagram, the polarity of the ammeter for it to properly
measure the current. (1 mark)
(iii) Is the battery being charged or is being discharged?
(3 marks)
(iv) Determine the difference between the experimental value as given in
(1 mark)
Table 1 and that obtained using the fOIDlula in part (iii), and explain
(c) A calculator battery of tenninal voltagee 3 V supplies a current of
the significance of this difference.
0.1 mA to the calculator circuit.
(i) Calculate the resistance ofthis circuit.
(2 marks)
(v) Compare a thennocouple and a laboratory mercury in glass
--------------------------------------------_._--------------------------------------­
thennometer in tenns of (i) range, (ii) speed ofresponse, (iii)
(3 marks)
sensitivity.
(ii) Calculate the power being delivered by the battery.

-----------------------------------------------~ ..----------------------------------­ (3 marks)

(6 marks)
Total 30 mark.s Total 15 marks
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2003 - Page 1 of 5
\;,
3(a) 'Write down the formula that defines the moment of a: force, giving the (d) What is the value ofRc when the boom first loses contact with its
meaning of EACH symbol and the unit in which it is usually expressed. cradle?

(1 mark)
(4 marks) (i) Use the results ofI(i), (ii) and (d) above to find the mass ofthe
(b) Sate the Principle pf Moments. counterweight that must be used ifFA= 2SN is just enough to start
raising the boom.
(g = 10 m S·2) . (3 marks)
(2 tnaIts) Total 15 marks
(c) Secwity guard posts in the Caribbean are usually equipped with a boom
and counterweight arrangement as shown in Figure 2. It allows the 4(a) Explain what is meant by a 'magnetic field'
security guard to use a relatively small force to raise the heavy boom.
s>.lII flIIJowed.'" \ .
~pt o.:t5 m ~ (2 marks)
FA
t lJ• /Bo9m
"t.

. ·,.c
I (i) Figure 3 and 4 below are representations of current-canying
I conductors. Sketch the magnetic field associated with the conductor in
•
rn
each of the cases described below.
~ '-PboIB "liGON PoInte ./
(i) The conductor is a straight wire carrying a steady current directly out
Force tw ofthe paper
­1
.pplled
here
!l
0.8",
3m 'I

[I
6m 1 o

.
/' ./ 1/ ./
Figure 2. Figure 3
(2 marks)
In Figure 2: (ii) The conductor is tightly wound into a solenoid carrying current in the
- Rc is the normal reaction ofthe support on the boom at point C. direction indicated.
- FAin the force applied at point A to raise the boom.
- W is the weight of the counterweight.

Write down expressions including W, Rc and FA for

(i) the total counterclockwise moment about pivot B.

(4 marks) Figure 4
(ii) the total clockwise moment about pivot B. (2 marks)
(d) A flat coil is connected to a small bulb and a diod. The assembly fixed
in position near a current-carrying solenoid is shown in FigureS below.
(1 mark)
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2003 - Page 2 of S
 r, - \ (iv) A car travelling arowd a bend.
(1 mark)

(1 mark)

,
(v) An electron moving arowd the nucleus in an atom.
\J
t (1 mark)

(b) A small bob ofmass 0.2 kg is attAched to a string oflength 0.5 m and
whirled in a vertical circle with speed of 2.5 mls as in Figure 6.

Figure 5
(i) What will be the effect on the magnetic flux inside the flat coil if the

current through the solenoid is steadily increased?

(1 mark)
(n) Will the bulb glow? Explain.

c
(5 marks) Figure 6
(iii) Ifthe diode is removed so that the flat coil is connected to the bulb (i) Indicate on the diagram the forces acting on the bob when it is in
alone. indicate by use ofa tick (v) which ofthe following effects will position C. (2 marks)
cause the bulb to glow more brightly. (n) Calculate the kinetic energy ofthe bob.
EFFECT YES NO
(I) Increasing the number of turnll on the flat ooi1
(3 marks)
(li) Placing a piece ofsoft iron in the core of the solenoid (iii) At which of the three points A. B. C is the tension in the string:
(iii) Decreasing the rate ofchange of the cummt through the solcmoid.
a) GREATEST --------------------------------------- (1 mark)
(3 marks) b) LEAST -------------------------------- (l mark)
Total 15 marks (iv) If the string is released when the bob is at C. what is the tension
immediately after the release ofthe string?
5(a) State the natW'e ofthe unbalanced force which is responsible for
circular motion in the following: (1 mark)
(i) A simple pendulum (v) Sketch the path ofthe bob as it travels to the ground if it is released at
C.
(1 mark)
(ii) The earth moving around the SWl.

(l mark) (2 marks)
(iii) Clothes rotating in a spin dryer. Total 15 marks
END OF TEST
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2003 - Page 3 of 5
\<{

.
 PHYSICS PAPER 3 - JUNE 2003 (c) Another transformer is used to further step down 220 V to 110 V. Its
GENERAL PROFICIENCY ­ 1 br input current is 3A and the output current is 5.6 A. Calculate its
efficiency. (8 marks)
1(a) With the aid of a neat clearly-labelled diagram, describe an experiment Total 20 marks
to show that when light is reflected from a plane surface the angle of
incidence and angle ofreflection are equal. (8 marks) 3(a) Explain in terms of the kinetic theory of gases:
(i) How the air inside a container exerts pressure on the walls of the
(b) Some Internet Source Providers (companies that provide connection to container
the Internet and are known as ISP's) communicate with their customers (ii) Why the pressure of a gas at constant volume, increases when its
via line-of-sight microwave links. A microwave antenna at the temperature is increased. (8 marks)
customer's premises should be able to 'see' the ISP's antenna in order
that customer can carry on two-way communication with the Internet.
-------
Consider such a link operating at 2.5 x 109 Hz with 30 km between
customer site and ISP antenna.
.:-:.- :P1sIoDn
..: .. ,: ' ,,:.
;-:';;~~-'B';~~;-:~;-'~/'~;:'-
' .': .. : .. .: .. ,:

- -
, ..... t ' ' ' ' .... , ' " .. ' ' ... _ ' " '''.' .. , ..
I _. _ I I _' _ I - '_ ... ' _ _ ... '._ _ I _

;-: : ;-: : /-: ;-'.: ;': : ;-:: :-. -:.' -:.' -:". -:". -:. '. -':' -:",- ­
:". :.:'_ . ;\. . :.:: . :~. ;:.... :~

- -
. '

~!"'--

SideD
Figure 2
3
A closed insulated cylindrical tube of inner volume 0.8 m is fitted with
Figure 1 a heater and piston as shown in Figure 2. The piston may be assumed to
(i) What is the wavelength and period of the microwave signal between have the following properties:
customer and provider? -it is a perfect heat insulator
(ii) Calculate in microseconds the time it takes for a signal to travel
-it slides along the tube without friction
between customer and provider and back again to customer.
-its volume is negligible compared with the volume of the tube
2
(iii) Explain why the customer may still have communication even ifher Initially, the piston of area 100 cm is stationary at the centre of
antenna is unable to see the ISP's antenna directly. the tube, the heater is OFF and the gas on side A is at 300 K and exerts
8 1 a pressure ofIO Pa.
s
(The velocity of light C = 3 xl0 ms· ) (12 marks)
Total 20 marks (i) Calculate the force on face A of the piston.
(ii) Deduce (you do not need to calculate) the pressure, volume and
2(a) Draw a clearly-labelled diagram of a transformer and use it to explain temperature on side B, giving reasons for your answers.
the principles of its operation. (8 marks) (iii) Describe what happens to the piston when the heater is turned ON, and
also what happens to the pressure of the gas on side B at the same time.
(b) A transformer is used to step down a voltage of 11 KV to 220 V. Given (iv) After the heater has been on for several minutes the temperature of the
3
that the transformer has 3200 turns in the primary coil, calculate the gas on side B is now 400k and its volume is 0.2 m . Calculate the new
number of turns in the secondary coil. (4 marks) pressure of the gas on side B. (12 marks)
Total 20 marks
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2003 ­ Page 4 of 5
 4(a) Explain what is meant by the term l pressurel. (d) Three nuclides X. Y, and Z have' half-lives 1· minute, 24 hours and 10
With the aid of a labelled diagram, describe a simple experiment using years respectively. Select the nuclide which would be MOST useful as
t1
a tall, cylindrical tank to demonstrate that pressure varies with depth in a radioactive tracer in medical diagnosis. Give TWO reasons for your
a fluid. (8 marks) choice.
State TWO other applications ofradioactivity. (5 marks)
(b) An aquarium has a rectangular base that measures 60 cm by 30 em. Its Total 20 marks
height is 45 em and sea water of density 1150 kglm3 is used to fill it.
(i) Calculate the weight ofwater in the aquarium and the pressure on a END OF TEST
fish at the bottom ofthe aquarium due to the water alone.
(n) Calculate the pressure on a fish at the bottom ofthe aquarium if'
atmospheric pressure of 100 kPa acts on the surface of the water.
(Acceleration due to gravity g = 10 m 8,2) (12 marks)
Total 20 marks

5(a) Copy and complete the following table in your answer booklet. The
table summarizes the nrooerties of 3 tvDes ofradiation.
Type of ra6UIon I Charge I Form of energy I STOPPED BY
Alpha
Beta
I eo- (negative)
._.... I --_.
KE
I 5 mmofaluminium
Gamma
(6 marks)
(b)
M
x x x x x

[5. x
x
x.x
x x'
x
x
x
x
x x x x x

A source S emits alpha,. beta and gamma radiation. Sketch the path of
EACH type ofradiation in the region M which has a uniform magnetic
field pointing into the plane the paper. (3 marks)

(c) The following symbols represent four nuclides,

A 58 , B 54 , CS9 , D59

29 27 29 30

(i) Which TWO nuclides are isotopes of each other?

(n) One of these nuclides can be produced from another in the group by
radiative emission of an «-particle. IdentifY the parent and daughter
nuclides and give the corresponding nuclear equation,
(iii) Another ofthese nuclides can be produced from another member ofthe
group by the radiation of a beta particle. IdentifY the pair and give the
corresponding equation. (6 marks)
PHYS - P2 + P3 ­ JU 2003 - Page 5 of 5
I'?
.

 PHYSICS PAPER 2 - JUNE 2004

GENERAL PROFICIENCY 1 Y2 hrs [3]
~-----------------T=0-ta-:I--=3-=-0 marks
1. You are to spend no more than - hour on this question.
A car that cannot start because of a "dead" battery may sometimes be 2(a)(i) Define 'specific heat capacity'.
"push started". This involves applying an external horizontal force to _ _____:--::-:-:---------::-=-_:__-____:---[2]
accelerate it up to a speed at which the engine can operate on its own. (ii) List THREE differences between specific heat capacity and heat

The car will then increase its acceleration in the direction in which it capaCity.

was being pushed.

The dynamics of a "push start" was investigated by measuring the _ _--:-_ _~------:----:------[3]
distance covered from rest at 5 second intervals. The results obtained (b) A copper cube has side 8 cm. Determine its
are tabulated below (i) volume in SI units
Timefls 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Distance slm 0 2.80 11.4 25.6 45.6 75.5 122 207 (ii) mass [3]
Velocity vIm S·1 5.88 13.4 20.9
PUSHING PHASE ENGINE DRIVEN PHASE
(Density of copper 8 890 kg/m3l [3]
Table 1
(a) The velocity v and distance s during pushing are related by the equation (c) The cube is heated to 90°C and then placed in a closed, thermally
V JO.5s insulated container of negligible heat capacity containing 1 kg of water
Use this relationship to complete the table [2] initially at 3SoC. Calculate the final equilibrium temperature of copper
(b) During the pushing phase the acceleration of the car is constant. It is and water.
also constant during the engine driven phase. Plot the complete
velocity-time graph of this "push-start" for the first 35 seconds. [10]
(c) Find the acceleration of the car while it is being pushed. [S]
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - = T : - o t - a : - l::-: :16 marks
.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _....-.,,- [6] 3(a) Complete the table below by placing a tick f/I) in the appropriate
(d) The mass ofthe car is 1.25 x 103 kg. Determine the NET force needed column..\...... f - - - - - - - - - - - - - - t".I._'t"'--- "'" - - ... _...... . -- .
~- ~ '

to give this mass the acceleration calculated in part (c). [3] Wave Property Microwave SQund
Speed = 3 x ]08 mls
Travels in a vacuum
(e) One of the forces opposing the motion of the car is friction in the Transverse wave
engine and other moving parts. Explain the nature ofthis friction Longitudinal wave
Progressive wave
Transfers energy
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [3] Can be diffracted
Can be reflected
(f) The car in this example experiences constant resistive forces of 14QO N.
Can be refracted
Determine the external pushing force that MUST be applied to give the Table 2
car the acceleration calculated in part (c). [9]
(b) In a track race the starter of the race may be at some considerable
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [3]
distance from the runners. Consider the case where the distance
(g) Determine the distance covered by the car during the FIRST 22 seconds between a runner and the starter is 40m; calculate the time taken for the
of its motion. . sound from the starter's gun to reach the runner.
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2004 - Page I of 5
 (Speed of sound = 350 mls) I' (i) Analyse the circuit and complete the truth table in Table 4.
!
f
-­
'J
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [3] Inout Output
(c) The average speed of a world-class sprinter at the start of the race may A B C X y Z
be 6 mls.Travelling at that average speed, what distance could this 0 0 0
0 0 1
sprinter have covered in the time taken for the sound to reach him? 0 1 0 -­~
0 I I
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [2] 1 0 0
Total 14 marks I
1
0
1
1
0
.
I 1 1
4(a) Draw circuit symbols for the following logic gates.
Table 4
NOT
NAND _ [6]
(ii) State, in words, the conditions under which the alarm will sound.
NOR [3]

(b) Draw truth tables to show the functions of a

[3]
(i) NAND gate -------~--------~T;;:;-0:::tal:;-:;n18 marks

Sea) Differentiate between a scalar quantity and a vector quantity. Give

(ii) NOR gate. [3] ONE example of EACH.

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ [3] --,--_---:-_--,--_---:- --::--.---:-::--_---:-_----,- [4]

(b) Figure 2 shows the velocity vector, v, of a ball at some instant after it is
(c) The circuit in Figure I can be used to sound an alarm when
thrown in the air.
certain conditions occur with an electric kettle.
A I
It

c z
y

B I
o
Figure I
Figure 2
A. Band C are logic switches which are connected to the cover, water
Using a protractor and ruler, draw on Figure 2, two other vectors at
level and power switches and their corresponding states of cover. Water
right angles to each other whose sum is equivalent to v, and one of
level and Dower switch are shown in Table 3 bel
which is along Ox. [2]
Switch I 0
A Kettle open Kettle "closed (c) An object is acted upon by force~ of magnitude 6 N and 10 N inclined
Water below heating Water above heating at an angle of 45° to each other.
B
element level element level (i) In the space below, draw to scale a diagram showing the forces and
C Power switch on Power switch off their resultant '
Table 3
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2004 - Page 2 of 5
tb
 PHYSICS PAPER 3 JUNE 2004

GENERAL PROFICIENCY -lhr

,
1(a) Explain with the aid of a diagram the operation of a simple magnetic
re~ 00
(b) Figure 1 shows the starting circuit of a car, in which a low current
through the ignition switch operates a relay allowing a large current to
flow through thick conductors to the starter motor. The equivalent
circuit when the relay is closed is.shown in Figure 2.
Ignition
switdl

(ii) Find the magnitude ofthe resultant, and the angle it makes with the 10
Nforce. +1' P

Figure 1

[6]
Total 12 marks
END OF TEST lZV

0.0010

Figure 2
Given that a 12 V battery supplies 400 A to the motor and the
resistances of the conducting wires in this circuit are as shown,
calculate
(i) the p.d. across the starter motor .
(ii) the power being supplied by the battery
(iii) the power being dissipated in the conducting wires
(iv) the power used by the starter motor to crank the car engine. [12]
Total 20 marks

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2004 - Page 3 of 5

 2(a) Define pressure and give its units. Describe with the aid of a diagram 3(aXi) Air is pumped into a car tyre to iriflate it. Use the kinetic theory to
an experimentto demonstrate that the pressure at all points on the same explain how the air inside the tyre exerts the pressure which keeps the
horizontal level in a fluid at rest is the same. [8] tyre Inflated.
(b) Figure 3 shows a sketch ofa hydraulic jack which can be used to lift
(ii) As the car travels, the temperature ofthe air inside the tyre is heated.
heavy objects.
Explain, again using the kinetic theory, what happens to the particles
when this occurs. [8]
(bXi) The car tyre contains air initially at a pressure of 195 kPa. After
Ft
travelling several kilometres, the temperature of the air inside the tyre
rises from 30°C to 70°C. If the tyre is rigid and does not expand,
calculate the new pressure inside the tyre.
'''I<E- PIston 1

(ii) Consider a different tyre under identical conditions to those given in

section (i). This tyre is more elastic and its volume increases by 10%
Al
when the temperature of air inside it increases from 30°C to 70°C.
Calculate the final pressure in the second tyre.
(iii) Based on your results for sections (b) (i) and (b) (ii) above, state
whether it is preferable to have rigid tyres or more elastic tyres for
prolonged high speed driving. [9]
(c) What is the relationship between the force due to pressure on the inside
ofa tyre and the reaction force of the ground on the tyre? Explain how
you arrived at your answer. [3]
Figure 3 Total 20 marks
(i) Given Al = 0.002 m2 • What pressure is exerted on the fluid if

F, = 1000N?
4(a) Describe an experiment to verify the laws of reflection. [8] .
(ii) What is the area A2 if this applied force raises a van weighing 105N? (b) Figure 5 is a magnified view of the cross section of one track of a
(Assume that pressure drops due to the weight ofliquid in the jack are compact disk CD) and its read head.
negligible.) [6]
(c) The tube shown in Figure 4 is used to siphon water from container A to Label
container B. . lUbe
SeCtion
through ~ ) Strengthening acryne layer
~mpad;
disk
(CD)
"""L.- Aluminium mirror

..
3

_1:
2
-----
--::~_.~;~~====
-

-
AI-: Direction of
movemel1t

::~ Air
-:::. -=JB
Figure 4
What is the pressures at Points I, 2 and 3 if the end of the tube which is
inserted in Container B is closed just before siphoning begins? Read head
Atmospheric Pressure 1.013 x 105 Pa
Density of water = 1000 kg m') [6]
Figure 5
Total 20 marks
PHYS - P2 + P3 JU 2004 - Page 4 of 5
t1
....

 Information is stored on the CD as a series of 'hills' and 'valleys' (iii) Identify the energy transformations that take place when the ball strikes .
stamped into the aluminium mirror. The information is read by shining the goal post and rebounds.
light from a laser source at X through the clear plastic layer so that it is (iv) Is kinetic energy lost in the collision between the football and the goal
reflected towards the sensor at Y, which has a very tiny opening. post? ..
Explain your answer.
(i) If the laser light beam follows the path shown in Figure 6, below, (v) Explain why, "in reallifell, the ball would not travel at constant speed
calculate the refractive index of the clear plastic. [5] but would slow down as it goes farther and farther from the kicker.
(vi) Draw a: simple sketch, without numbers, of a velocity time diagram that
Label
shows the slowing down of the b~ll during its motion through the air.
[12]
Sedion Total 20 marks
throogh
compact
~ r. StrengtheIllug aeryIie layer
END OF TEST
disk ..... l~AlumlDiummirrw
(CD)

•
Direction cf
mo_t

Air

r,y
< 7 , '\
A./ SENsoii'

Read head

Figure 6
(b)(ii) The track moves to the left (read head does not move) so that EF
becomes the reflecting surface (see Figure 6). With the aid of a diagram
showing the beam reflected from surface EF through the plastic and
into the air, explain why the emerging beam will miss the sensor. [7]
Total 20 marks

Sea) State Newton's Second Law of motion. Use Newton's Second Law to
explain the existence of the force of gravity on a falling object.
Describe an experiment in which a simple pendulum is used to measure
'g', the acceleration due to gravity. [8]
(b) Consider the action of kicking an initially stationary soccer ball so that
it travels through the air, hits the goal post and rebounds. We can treat
it as an example ofthe application of Newton's Second Law. .
(i) The ball has a mass of 0.44 kg and leaves the kicker's foot with an
initial velocity of SO ms-1. Calculate the momentum ofthe ball
immediately after it has been kicked.
(ii) Calculate also the kinetic energy of the ball immediately after it has
been kicked. .
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2004 - Page 5 of 5
 PHYSICS PAPER 2 - JUNE 2002 (e) What would be the temperature ofilie liquid after 12 minutes?
GENERAL PROFICIENCY 1 Y:zhrs

1 You are to spend no more than % hour on this question.

(4 marks)
A liquid, A, initially at temperature T, = 28.4°C, is heated by an
immersion heater in a container. The resulting temperature, T2, is (f) Another liquid, B, has a much higher specific heat capacity than
recorded at 1 minute intervals and the following results obtained. Liquid A. On the same graph paper used in (b) sketch (DO NOT
PLOT) a line showing ilie approximate graph that would be obtained
Time t/mins I 0 I I I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 if Liquid B was the working fluid.
Temperature Tzi (2 marks)
28.4 36.0 43.1 52.5 60.5 69.0 75.1 84.3
°C
Temp changes ATI ~
I I
(g) State TWO possible sources of error in iliis experiment and in EACH
case describe a method that might be used to minimize the
°C
magnitude of the error.
(a) Complete the table by computing the temperature changes
AT=T2- T l.

(4 marks)

(4 marks)
(b) Plot a graph of Temperature change, AT, against time, t.
Tota130 marks
(9 marks)

(c) Find the slope, S, ofthe graph. 2(a)(i) Distinguish between density and relative density.

(2 marks)
.__ ._------------~---------------------------------------------------------------.---------- (ii) Show why relative density has NO units.
(5 marks)

(d) Cp the Specific Heat Capacity of the liquid is related to the slope S
by:
(2 marks)
Cp 2000 J kg-l K"'. Find the Specific Heat Capacity of the liquid.

s (b)(i) A block of wood measures 2em x 4em x 9em. Calculate its volume
in SI units.

(2 marks)
(2 marks)
(ii) Express the result in (bXi) in standard form.

(1 mark)
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2002 - Page 1 of 6

\~
 (iii) If the mass ofthe block is 57.6 x 10-3 kg, calculate its density. (b) Two such coils are connected together in the circuit of a hair dryer
by means of switches as shown in Figure 1.

(c)(i) State Archimedes Principle.

(2 marks)
o nn¥TT~-~

0'''-;81t--------4
L
.. HOY. •
(l mark)
Figure 1
(ii) Use Archimedes Principle to explain why some objects float while
This dryer has two power settings LOW and HIGH. A setting is
others sink in the same liquid.
selected by opening or closing the switches. The table below shows
the correspondence between power setting and the states of the
switches.
(2 marks)
POWER
(iii) Explain how it is possible to predict whether a given object will float SI S2 S3
SETTING
or sink in a given liquid.
LOW OPEN CLOSED OPEN
HIGH CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
(2 marks)
Draw the equivalent circuit for EACH setting by redrawing the
(d) Would the block in part (b) float or sink in a liquid of density 810 kg circuit without the switches. In your equivalent circuit, open switches
m-3? are to be left out entirely and closed switches are to be replaced by
an unbroken line.

(1 mark)
Total 15 marks
(2 marks)
3(a) Calculate the resistance of an electrical heating coil rated at 275 W,
I1OV. (c) Identify the type of connection employed in EACH case.

(2 marks)
(4 II18IkS)
(d) Compute the effective resistance of EACH connection.

(3 marks)
PHYS-P2 + P3-JU2002-Page 2 of6
 (e) Write down TWO characteristics of a fuse suitable for use in a
(c)
circuit such as that of the hair dryer.
c

(2 marks) A Liquid X

(f) Draw a simple sketch showing how a fuse should be connected in a

circuit to protect a load. In addition to the fuse and load your circuit
Mercury
should include: live and neutral wires, and an on/off switch.

Figure 3

The apparatus shown in Figure 3 may be used to determine the

(3 marks) density of an unknown liquid X.
Total 16 marks The tube has a unifonn cross-section and the height ofthe water
column is twice that ofliquid X. A and B are at the same horizontal
level. The pressure difference between points A and Cis 2.5 X 103
4(a) Describe an experiment to show that the pressure in a liquid Pa.
increases with depth.
(i) Calculate the height ofthe water column.

• M ~-----• • ~-------------------.------------.------------------ • • _

(4 marks)
(Density ofwater = 1000 kg m·3; g = 10m soo,2)
(b) (3 marks)

(ii) Express Pa -Po in terms ofPA and Pc. [Hint: the answer can be

'"1::­ deduced without resorting to any further calculation.]

(2 marks)
Figure 2
(iii) What is the relationship between Pc and Po?
A container is filled with a liquid of density p as shown in Figure 2.
Express the pressure difference between Pb - Pain terms of p and the (l mark)
heighth. .
--~._---~._------------------------------------.._-------.. ----------
----------------------­ (iv) Determine the density ofliquid X.
---------------.------------------------------._-------_.-------~ _.-------------------------
(1 mmk)
--------------------------------------------------..----------------------------------------­
(4 marks)
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2002 - Page 3 of 6
Total 15 marks
 I

5(a)(i) Draw a diagram showing the structure ofthe carbon atom 12c.
6

(5 marks)

(ii) Carbon -14 is often referred to as an isotope of carbon. Explain what

is meant by the tenn 'isotope'.

(1 mark)

(b) Define llalf-life' when used in reference to a radio-active nuclide.

(2 marks)

(c) A radioactive tracer has a half-life of 18 hours. Calculate the fraction

of the initial activity remaining after 90 hours.

(3 marks)

(d) In a radioactive process the element Radium (Ra) emits gamma

radiation and decays to Radon (Rn) and Helium (He). The equation
of this process is
226Ra -+ ARn + 4He . Determine the values of A and Z.
88 86 Z

(4 marks)
Total IS marks
END OF TEST

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2002 - Page 4 of 6

 CXC PHYSICS PAPER 3 - JUNE 2002
2(a) Describe an experiment to verify Snell's' law ofreftaction. State wbat­
GENERAL PROFICIENCY -1hr
apparatus you would use, give a briefdescription ofthe method you would
use and state how you would arrive at your conclusion. (8 marks)
(b) An optical device consists of two glass blocks ofdifferent indices of
1(a) State the law ofconservation ofenergy and differentiate
between kinetic and potential energy. (3 marks) refraction, arranged as shown in Figure 3. The refractive index from air to
Medium 1 is 1.2. The refractive index from Medium 1 to Medium 2 is 1.25.
(b) A spring-mass system oscillates between X and Y on a
frictionless table as shown in Figure 1.

Spring
es

~ +x0;
,
1° .
n-np~
. i
,
y

'" -~~: .'

Table

Figure 1
Figure 3
Describe what energy transfonnations take place as the mass travels from X
to Y. 0 is the equilibrium position ofthe spring. (5 marks)
(i) If light is incident at 60° on the block with the smaller refractive index,
(c) A 0.5 kg block slides from rest down an inclined plane as shown in Figure determine the angles e1. e2, e3, 9 4 and es
2. The velocity at the bottom ofthe plane is 6 m S·l. The vertical distance (ii) What is the velocity oflight in Medium 1 ?
8
POis2.0m c = 3 X 10 ms· 1 (12 marks)
(g = 10 m s·z) Total 20 marks
m .p
3(a) Figure 4 shows a simplified diagram of a permanent magnet d. c. motor
(seen from one end) in which a rectangular coil is suspended in a uniform
magnetic field.

N S
o
Figure 2
C1IITCillt Axis C1IITCillt
(i) Calculate the potential energy at the top ofthe incline and the kinetic
Into paper of rotation out of paper I I
energy at the bottom ofthe incline.
Figure ..
(ii) Why are these answers in part (i) different?
(iii) Ifthe block were to be dropped from P, what would be its velocity at 01 (i) Copy this diagram into your answer booklet. On your diagram, draw the
(iv) If part (iii) were performed on the moon where 9 '" 2 m S·2, explain forces, which turn the con. These forces make up a couple that causes
whether the velocity at 0 would be greater or lesser than the velocity rotation of the coil. Will the coil rotate in a clockwise or anticlockwise
obtained in part (ill). direction? Indicate on your diagram the coil position that gives maximum
(12 marks) value of the couple.
Total 20 marks
(ii) How would the speed ofthe motor be affected by an increase in the supply
voltage? Explain. l (8 marks)

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2002 - Page 5 of 6

~o
 (b) Electricity can be generated by passing a conducting liquid
(ii) When a drop ofa strongly coloured liquid (such as potassium dichromate'--a
through a very strong magnetic field. The electrical energy is
bright yellow liquid) is added to a beaker of water, it is found that after
some time the entire contents of the beaker become a uniform colour. Use
extracted by suitably placed electrodes as shown in Figure 5.
kinetic theory to explain this phenomenon. (6 marks)
Total 20 marks

R
5(aXi) Describe an experiment to determine the position ofthe centre ofgravity of
a metal sheet ofuniform thickness. Your account should include the
apparatus you would use and a briefaccount ofa suitable procedure.
LOAD
(ii) State the condition, which the position ofthe centre of gravity of a body
s must satisfy in order that the body be stable. (8 marks)
(b) Two uniform planks each of mass 10 kg and length 2m are arranged as
shown in Figure 6.
D P
<Jif
CeDductiDI .....d
A, B-Mquetk poIeI pkeel
A-North pole
c, J)..EleetnNIeII
B-Soadl pole
Figure 5
I_I k
x
J
Figure 6
(i) By considering an element oftluid, XY, in the shape ofa cylindrical rod, (i) Find the maximum value ofx for which the top plank will remain in
determine the direction ofcurrent flow through the load RS. Give the name equilibrium.
of the rule you use. (ii) A 15 kg mass is placed at P. Draw a diagram showing the forces acting on
(ii) In one version ofthis type ofgenerator the conducting liquid is pumped the upper plank when it is just about to topple. Use your diagram to
through the electrodes in a continuous circulating loop, thereby producing a calculate the value ofx for which the upper plank just begins to topple.
d. c. output. Explain why this arrangement produces only a d. c. output. (8 marks)
(iii) Suggest TWO possible modifications to the operation of this generator, (c) Two uniform rods both oflength 2 m are arranged at right angles as shown
which would result in an a. c. output. Select any ONE ofyour suggestions in Figure 7 , D and E are the mid-points ofrods AC and AD respectively.
and explain why it would work.
(iv) Suppose the liquid was not pumped and the load RS replaced by a battery.
Would the liquid move? Explain. What would be the overall effect ofthis
2m
change? (12 marks) D
Total 20 marks

4(a) What are the TWO principal ideas ofthe kinetic theory ofmatter? Describe
the kinetic theory model of the three states of matter. (8 marks)
(b)(i) Heat must either be added or removed to convert one state of matter to 2m
another. Calculate the amount ofheat energy, which must be added to Figure 7
2.5 kg ofwater at its boiling point in order to evaporate it completely. (i) In your answer booklet, draw a well labelled diagram of the arrangement,
(Specific Latent Heat of vaporization ofwater = 2 260 000 1 kg-l) showing the line ofaction ofthe weight of the arrangement relative to A, B,
(ii) It is observed that the specific latent heat ofvaporization is greater than the C, D and E when it is
specific latent heat offusion for most substances. Use kinetic theory to a) suspended from A and in equilibrium
explain this in terms ofthe separation ofthe particles in each state. b) suspended from D and in equilibrium.
. (6 marks) (ii) Hence, labelled diagrams ofthe arrangement as shown in Figure 7 and
(cXi) If the stearn in part (b) (i) were captured in a closed container at 100°C and clearly indicate the position ofthe centre ofgravity ofthe arrangement
then heated., the pressure in the container would be observed to increase. relative to A, B, C, D and E . ' (4 marks)
Use kinetic theory to explain this effect. Total 20 marks
END OF TEST
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2002 Page 6 of 6
 2. (a) A beam ofp-partic1es enters an area with a magnetic field at nght angles
PHYSICS - JUNE 2001 to its path as shown in Figure I. Draw on Figure 1 the path of the' - ..
~er 2 - lYi brs. p-partic1es. (2 marks)

Attempt ALL questions. x x x x x

I. You are to spend no more than yz hour on this question. x x x x x
(a) (i) A small block ofwood (mass 0.50 kg) slides from rest down an x x x x x
inclined track with negligible friction. The distance, x, travelled after P- particles x x x x x
Magnetic field·
certain times, t, was measured and the graph ofx against t plotted. Use .----.­ into paper
the graph to complete Table 1. x x x'x x

ft-J ~ j 0.50 [ 0.80 ~

Table I
1.20 j 140 t 1.50 I
x x x x x
x x x x x
Figurel

(7 marks) (b) Another beam ofp-particIes enters the electric field between two charged
metal plates as shown in Figure 2. Draw on Figure 2 the path of the
(n) State which of the timings is the least accurate and explain why. p-particles between the plates. (1 mark )
.................................................................: (2 marks)
P- particles
II'
(iii) Use data in your Table 1 to plot a graph off againstx. (9 marks)

(iv) Find the slope, S, ofyour graph.

Figure 2

(c) Nitrogen (N-17) is a rare, radioactive isotope of nitrogen with atomic

number 7. N-17 emits a beta (p)-particle to form an isotope of oxygen (0).
......................................................................................... (4 marks)

(i) Write down the number ofprotons, neutrons and electrons in a neutral
(v) Given that t = S, where a is the acceleration ofthe block down the atom ofN-17.
slope, fmd a . Protons
......................................................................................... (2 marks) ---------
Neutrons - - - - - - - - -
Electrons
(vi) Calculate the force which must be acting on the block to cause the
acceleration . (n) Write the nuclear reaction for the emission of the p-partic1e .
......................................................................................... (3 marks)
.......................................................: ~... (3 marks)

(vii) If the block reaches the end of the track after 1.6 s, calculate its final (iii) The p-particle is emitted at high speed. Explain the source of the
speed ; .
energy of the p-particle (1 mark)
......................................................................................... (2 marks)

Total 29 marks \

(iv) Use the information provided below to find the expected energy of the
Phys June 2001 pg 1 Of 6
P-particle.
]..\
 Mass ofN-17 = 17.0Q845 u
Mass of 0-17 = 16.99913 u
Mass of P-particle = 0.00055 u
Unified mass unit (~) = l.fi6 X 1O-21kg
Speed of light = 3.00 x 108 m s-1

(5 marks)
Total 15 marks

3. (a) Draw clear and identifiable circuit symbols for the logic gates in Table 2
below.
LOGIC GATE SYMBOL
NOR Figure 3
NOT
NAND (i) The logic circuit shown in Figure 3 can be used to warn a driver that
OR he is about to leave his car with the headlights switched ON. Table 5
represents the truth table for the logic ofthe circuit. Compiete Table 5.
Table 2 INPUT OUTPUT
(4 marks)
US IS DS X Y Z
(b) Complete the truth tables (Table 3 and Table 4) for the two-input logic 0 0 0 -~

gates below. 0 0 I
---­ 0 I 0
OUTPUT OUTPUT
-­ 0 I I
A B Z A B Z 1 0 0 --­

0 0 0 0 I 0 I
0 1 0 I I I 0
I 0 I 0 I I I
I 1 I -­
1
(6 marks)
NOR AND
Table 3 Table 4 (ii) Examine the result in the Z column and write out in words the conditions
(4 marks) under a which the alann will sound .
...........................................................................................(2 marks)
Total 16 marks

Phys June 2001 pg2 Of'

4. (a) (i) State the laws ofreflection. tLLU. Mirror
" "., ~ J " " "" .

.. ••••• •••• 0.": -0"" o. ..

(2 marks)

(ii) An object is placed in front ofa plane mirror as in Figure 4.

/ / / / LLL./ / L~/

p A Kingston 1< 2100 km >1 Port oeSpain

Jamaica Trinidad
Figure 5
-"\,

(n) Use the information given on the diagram to determine the angle of
incidence ofthe laser light on the mirror.

Figure 4
p' Object (3 marks)
Total 14 marks
On Figure 4 draw the irrlage ofws object. (2 marks)
5. (a) Explain the meaning ofthe following terms and state the SI unit in which
(iii) Draw two rays of light leaviI1g point A on the object and received by an EACH is measured.
observer at points between P and pI .show how these rays appear to (i) Constant speed
come from the image. (3 marks)
(iv) Explain how real and virtual images are fonned. State whether the " •• "."" ~ "'.""",." 'O " •••••••• ".'O ." '" , ••••

image ofthe object in Figure 4 is real or virtual. (2 marks)

(ii) Acceleration
............................................. " .
(3 marks)
(2 marks)
(b) (i) The beam from a laser in Kingston. Jamaica is reflected from a plane
mirror on a satellite. The reflected beam is received in Port of Spain;
Trinidad. Figure 5 illustrates this situation diagrammatically. On the (b) The graph represents the motion of a cruise ship after its engines have
diagram draw the nonnal from. the milTor to the earth's surface. been turned off.
(1 mark)
PItJ's Jnne 2001 pg 3 Of 6
 :~

-~

4++--'--;­

o 400 800 1%00 1600 2000

time Is
Graph of Speed vs Time for Cruise Ship
(i) Calculate the deceleration ofthe ship.

(3 marks)
(n) Calculate the distance the ship travels while decelerating to rest.

(3 marks)
7
(iii) If the ship has a mass of2.5 x 10 kg, calculate the magnitude ofthe

force acting on the ship during deceleration.

.................. """ " " ~.(L

.

(3 marks)
(iv) What is the nature ofthe force acting on the ship which leads to the
deceleration and how does it cause the ship to slow down ?

(2 marks) TIm..
Graph of [)istllnt'e Vs lime
(v) What is the MAIN energy change as the ship slows down?

(1 mark)
Total!6 marks
END OF TEST Phys .JUDe 2001 PI 4 or6

L
 2. (a) State Charles. Law. Describe with the aid of a diagram, an experiment to
r PHYSICS - JUNE 2001 test the validity of Charles'Law. Show how you would use the results.. m

r.aper 3 - 1 hr. obtained to test the law. (8 marks)

Answer ANY THREE' questions.

(b) The cylinder shown in Figure 2 is fitted with a freely-sliding piston
4
ALL WORKING MUST BE SHOWN since marks will be awarded for correct
containing an ideal gas of mass 13 g and volume 1.0 x 10 em3. The
steps in calculations.
temperature of the gas is 25°C and it is initially at atmospheric pressure.

1. (a) Define the tenn 'moment of a force'. Explain what is meant by the 'centre
ofgravity' of an object. Describe how you would find the centre of
gravity of a thin irregular plane sheet ofcardboard. (8 marks)

(b) Figure 1 shows a table lamp ofmass 1.5 kg.

X m m m mm m . ., _ _ ~- m . ._ •• mm m m

PIston
'-..1 ' 1
Gu

O~36 m
Figure 2
(i) The gas is heated to a temperature of 400°C What is the new volume
ofthe gas?
(n) How much energy must be supplied to the gas to raise its temperature to
400°C? Part ofthis energy becomes the kinetic energy ofthe gas
particles. State the effect ofthe remainder ofthe energy.
A B (iii) If the volume ofthe gas were kept fixed during the heating what would
W
~--O.18 m -----7
be the pressure ofthe gas at 400°C?
(Specific heat capacity ofthe gas at constant pressure = 0.7 J g -1 °e1
Figure 1 Atmospheric pressure = 1.0 x 105 Pa)
(i) Calculate its weight and the moment of force of the weight about point B. (12 marks)
Total 20 marks
(n) A horizontal force, F, is applied along the line XY to make the lamp
topple. Find the minimum value ofF. 3. (a) Describe how you would detennine the density of
(i) a billiard (pool) ball

(iii) A heavy metal ring is placed on the base AB. Explain how this increases
(n) an irregular-shaped rock

the stability ofthe lamp. .

(Acceleration due to gravity = 10 m s -2) Use a different method in each case. (6 marks)

(12 marks)
Total 20 marks PbysJune2001'150r6
(b) (i) State Archimedes Principle. 4. (a) Describe a simple experiment for measuring the speed of sound in air..
Give ONE method of improving the accuracy ofyour measuremeti.ts-:----· -- .
(8 marks)
(ii) (b) A loudspeaker is driven by an amplified audio signal so that its cone

oscillates at 500 Hz.

10 enf (i) Detennine the wavelength and period ofthe sound produced.
(ii) If the distance between the points ofmaximum displacement of the
cone is 0.6 em, sketch a well-labelled displacement/time graph for the
motion of the cone. Indicate on your graph the points of maximum and

1
50
em
minimum cone velocity. (Speed of sound:> 350 m s -1 )
(iii) If the maximum displacement ofthe cone increased, what is the effect
on the
Figure 3 (a) loudness of the sound?
(b) frequency of the sound? (12 marks)
The solid-cylinder shown in Figure 3 has a cross-sectional area 10 em and 2 Total 20 marks
floats upright in water with a length of 50 cm submerged. Use Archimedes
principle to determine the weight ofthe cylinder. 5. (a) (i) Draw a labelled diagram of a dry cell.
(Acceleration due to gravity g = 10 m S-2, density ofwater :> 1000 kg m-3)
(ii) Draw a labelled circuit diagram showing how you would recharge a car
(9 marks)
battery . (8 marks)
(b) (i) When fully charged a car battery can deliver 5 A at 12 V for 16 hours.
(c) A column of air is trapped by a 5 em column of mercury (Hg) in a narrow before it becomes fully discharged. Calculate, in kWh, the energy
tube as shown in Figure 4 (i) to (iii). One end is open to the atmosphere. stored when the battery is fully charged.
What is the pressure (in em ofmercury) in the gas in each case?
(ii) Ifthe battery can undergo 100 complete charge-discharge cycles
before it' dies'l fails, calculate in kWh the total energy it can supply
during its 'lifetime'. ­
Air
Mercury Mercury (iii) Given that the cost ofthe battery is EC $200, calculate the cost per

•
kWh for the delivery of the energy in part (ii). Explain why your

~
answer does not represent the total cost of the energy supplied.
(12 marks)
Mercury Total 20 marks
Air
Air END OF TEST

(I) (II) (iii)

Figure 4
(Ao:nospheric pressure 76 em mercury)
(5 marks)
Tota120 marks PIg1;JaneZOOl pg6Of6
 CAR.IBBEAN EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL
PHYSICS MAY/.J1JNE 2000
SECONDARY EDV~1I0N CERTIFICATE . I
1,11."" "
. "EXA~1rt\nON 02 - General Proftdeucytaper
L A student invead,afa the ~ of a spriDl and obiaiDa abe following resuhs of abe variation (g) Describe- the proeedUllil the student may have UKd to obtain the 'resulfS. Stale lhe
of Ihe len" of a spriq with JRd. prccautioDs the student should have taken to ensum the accuracy of the readings and to
prevem: damage to the spring.
"8.0 12.0 16.0 26.0 24.0 28.0 32.0
LoadIN 4.0 .~.

Length/rom 18.4 20.5 22.4 24.3 26.4 28.S 31.3 36.4

(a) u. these: values to plot a graph of IcnPlpiDst load on the Jrid opposile~
.. _..... (10 marks)
(b) Find the. slope. S. of the paph.

.­
( 4marks)
( 5 marks)
(e) Given thlll the spriGg: cousunt ",!. find the spring cOJlSlaDt. TotalJO maries

'<., ....
. ..
~. '
1.

This question is com:emed with cbe properties r;>f three different kinds of waves-'­
_ _ _ _ _ _.,....--­ . (a) Speed. waveleng1hand frequency arepropcrtiesofwaves. Explain thentelllling o(';ach of
( 2. mub) ~ terms wIleD used in connection with a sound Wave.

(d) U. your gRph roddcnnillC the spring's length when Ihe load is zero. Wavespecd---------------------­
;0;
( 1 marks)
Wa\IClength - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - : . . . - - -_ _
(e) What is the value of the sprinJ's £X:IENSION when Ihe IOlId auacbcd is 14 N?

• Frequency ---..:-.~------:-­
( :% mall'b) ( 4.l'DlU"ks)

(b) (i) Flgue 1 repRlSClntaa numberofadjaccnt wavefront! ofa walerwave in a ripple"

(f) What mass must be placed on tho spring to pn:llkK:e an extension of 9 rom?
tank.

F"lgUte 1 '

( 5 martu) Use FIgure 1 [0 dctennine the wavelength of the water wave - - - - - ­

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2000 - Page 1 of 6 ( 2 marks)":i...- . U
 (ii) Figure 2 is the displacement vs time graph of a smalliaf floating in the palh ofthe (ii) '1'11efront of the pUlse anives at the position marked. X. at time t =0.1 s. Sketch
water wave in (0. on the axes below, a displacement VI. time graph for. small element of rope at X.

Dllpl_ment/m
0.05

o TImt/a
0.05< 0.1 0.15 0.2

tis

Figure %
·0.05
< Determine the frequency of the wave by using Flcure 2.

( 5marks)

( 2 marlu) Total 17 marks

(iii) Calculau: the speed of the warer wave.

3. In the Kaieteur Fails in Guyana. which are 230 m high,; the temperature of the water at the bottom
of the falls is consistently slightly higher than the temperature at the t o p . '
(i) What kind of mechll.!lical energy does the warcr possess
at the top ofthe f . l I s 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ­

( J marks) just before it hits the bollomof the f . 1 I 5 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - ­

( 2marks) <

(c) (i) Figure J shows a wave pulse at time t "" 0, moving from left to right on a suing.
(ii) Use the princlple ofconservatlon ofenergy to find the speed oftbe water as it hils the bottom
of the falls.

x
I
V .. 2m1s I
I ~I
-o.zm---'
( 3 marks)

Figure J (iii)· Assuming all theenergy ofthe water goes to raise its temperature,calculate the temperature
rise.
What is the amplitude of this w a v e ? - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ­
(lmark)

PHYS-P2 + P3-JU 2000-Page2 of6

( 3 marks)
 (iv) Suggest why t.tic lIl:lUal tanperawn:- rise is f~ to be lower I:hao. Ibal: calculated in (iii). (b) (i) Fill the bllIlII" in the following table adding either the symbol or name of the logic
gate.

NAME SYMBOL

(y)
(lmark)

The mass of water that moves over the falls per second is 200 kg. What is the rate of
j)
conversion of potential energy?

D
NOT
( 2marks)
( 3marks)
(vi) State lWO possible advantages of using the energy of the falls to drive a power station
rather than using an oil-tired power station. .
(ii) Complete the truth tables (or the following logic gates:

AND NOR
INPUTS OlITPUT INPUTS OUTPUT
A B Z A B Z
0 0 0 0 0­

( 2marks) 0 I 0 I
I 0 I 0
(acceleration due to gravity = lO m $-1; specific heat capacity of water =4200 J kg-l IC""I. 1 I 1 I
( 4 marks)
Total 13 marks
(iii) Complete the truth table for the combination of two logic gates shown below.
4. (a) (i) In the space below draw a graph of voltage against time to represent an alternating
voltage of amplitude 5 V and frequency 40 Hz; Label the axes.
Input: f) y r>-- Z Output

INPUTS OUTPUT
A B Y Z

( 2 marks)

. (ii) Write the name and symbol ofan electrical component that could be used (or half­
wave rectitication of the alternating current above.
( 4 marks)

Total IS marks
( 2mark.l)

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2000 - Page 3 of 6

'l-S
...

s. Figure 4 shows a solar waler hearer being UKd to heat a domestic water supply.
(ii) Sugpst a material that might be used at A. and explain why it would be suitable. '

( :2 marks)

(e) , The radiation from the sun arrives at a rate of 900 W m- 1. A solar heater has a collection
area of0.4 m2 imd converts the sun's radiation into thermal energy in the hot-water system
with an efficiency of 15%. Calculate the rate ofsupply of energy to the hot-water system.

-
Cold
Pump ­
Cold_au

Fipre4

(a) Identify the processes ofbeat transfer taking place between the following and explain bow
the construction of the healer makes these processcs more efficient:

(i) TIle sun and the upper surface of the solOlC collector
( 5 marks)

Total IS marks
"

( Z marks)

(ii) The upper surface to the water in the pipes of the collector

( 2marks) END OF TEST

(iii) The collector to the storage (ank

( 2marks)

'(b) (i) Give TWO reasons why there is a transparent cover over the collector.,

( 2 marks)

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 2000 - Page 4 of 6

 (b) In a television tube a beam of electrons is acczleralechhrough :l potenlial differ.enceoL
SOOOV.

PUYSICS (i) Find the energy gained by a single electron llS it moves through this potential
difference.
Paper 03 - General Proficiency
(li) Calculate its final speed.
/ hour
(iii) If the current in the electron beam is Z.O rnA. calculate the number of electrons
pusing a point in the tube in one second.
( 09 JUNE 2000 (a.m,) ) . (iv) ,Electrons travel down the tube and strike OJ screen at the filrend causing the screen
to give out light. Hnd the energy converted per second as the electrons strike the
screen.

In addition to the 1 hour. candidates are allowed a

.
(Charge on electron'" 1.6 x to-'9 C. mass of electron'" 9.1 x 10- 31 kg.)
. (12 marks)
reading time or 10 minules. Candidates must NOT Total 20 marks
....rite in their answer booklets during this time. 3. la) (i) &plain with the aid of a diagram. how the human eye forms an image.

(li) State the characteristics of the image formed and compare the properties of this
1. (a) Describe how you would determine the latent heat of fusion of ice. Your account should image with that formed by a diverging lens. ( 8 marks)
include the method and outline lhe calculations which you would mak.e. (8 marks)
(b)
(0) A glass contains 0.25 kg of waler at oOe. 0.15 kg of ice. also at 0 °e. is added to the

----
--
water and it is noticed that after II minutes all the ice has melted and all the water is now "

at 15°C. Assuming thaI the thermal capacity of the glass may be ignored. calculate the -..--..... .........
(i) thermal energy absorbed by the ice for it to mell -- - ....-
- - water
(ii) total thermal energy absorbed by the contents of the glass x

(iii) average rate of energy absorption by the contents of the glass.

cz..
(The specific latent heat of ice is 3.4 X 10' J kg-I and lhe specific heat capacity of water Air
is 4200 J kg" K-')
( 9 maw)

(c) An electrical heater. rated at 7.50 W. is used to raise the temperature of the w::lter to boiling Figure 1
point. Calculate how long this would take if no heat is lost to the surroundings.
( 3 marlui)
Figure 1 shows a thick-bouomed. glass aqulUium containing water. A beam of light from
Total 20 maw a submerged source. S. is incidetlt on the base at point X. The angle of incidence at X is
58". If the refractive index for light going from waleC to glass is 1.13. calculate the

2. (a) (i) The terms electric field. electrif; charge and potential difference are frequently (i) angle of refraction in the glass.
encountered in the study ofeleclroslatics. Define the unit in which EACH of these
quantities is usually expressed. (ii) (;ntic;d angle for light striking the glass to air boundary.
(ii) Dislinguish between electric field and electric field strength. (Refl11Ctive index for air to glass '" 1..50.) ( 6 marks)
(iii) Draw a diagram to represent the electric field between two oppositely charged (C) Use the angles you have calf;ulated to draw a diagram showing the path of the re<tmted
parallel plates.
beam-after it leaves X. Partia! reflection also occurs at X. Draw the reflected rayon your
(iv) Write down an equation relating, me eleCU1c flCkI,. UII'; J!Otc:ntial diff~"mce between diagram. t ( 6 marks)
the two plates. and the distance between tbcm. ( 8 marks) PHYS _ P2 + P3 _ JU 2000 _ Page S of 6
Total 20 marks
 4. (a) (i) Define the moment of a fon:e and state the principle of moments. (b)

(ii) Describe how you would find the centre of gravity of a piece of cardboard of
irregular shape. (11DIII'b)

(b) Figure 2 represents a tray held horizontally by a waiter. The tray has a weight of6 N and
supports a drink of weight 3 N. The waiter provides a force at P. The tray may pivot about
pointT.

p. ..- .~.....
~
. -
i 3N -~ \ ......

-
..
5_ 30
em
6N

...
\
J
\
\
J

(i)

(ii)
Figure 2

Usc the information in Figure 2 to find the force provided by the waiter at P and
the upward force the hand exerts at T. .
The drink is moved along the tray c1osertothe hand. Is the fon::e needed at Ptokeep
+

........ - /
I

/
/
I
B

the tray horizontal now less. greater or the same? Explain your answer. /
/
(iii) How much work is done by the waiter in lifting the tray and drink through

-~
.'
a height of 0.60 m1 (11 marks)

Total 20 marks

s. (a)
Figure 4
C1mI1C ..

suw .... tube

A
A copper rod. connected to a battery. is suspended in the cencm of the magnetic field of a
solenoid in Figure 4~ The copper rod experiences a force.

(i) Explain thc origin of this Corce and determine itsdilection,staUngany rule you usc.

SolenoId (il) Would the magnitude anddircction oflhe force change iflfie cum:ntin the coil were
Cln:alt. I Iron... f'. reversed? Explain your answer.

B t---------l '. S-., (iii) The eunent in the solenoid Is pually increased. Explain the effect of this on the
tension in the suspending wires. (12 marks)
! I

Figure 3 Total 20 marks

(i) Figure 3 shows two circuitS" A and B. When the switch. S. is dosed the lamp. L.
lights. Explain how this occurs.
END OF TEST
(ii) If the battery in circuit B were to be replaced by.an a.c. supply. would the lamp still
light? Explain your answer. ( 8 marks)
PHYS-P2 + P3-JU 2000-Page 60f6
 PHYSICS PAPER 2 - JUNE 1999

General Proficiency - 1Yz Hrs

Candidates ar~ advised NOT to slJend mo~ than 30 minutes on this qu~sti()n. ,mass of !fa,s ONLY at this maximum pressure 12 X 1O~ Pa.

1. The data in the table below show bow the pressure of compressed gas in a cylinder varies with tht:
total mass of the cylinder of gas.

Mass of cylinder of gas (llll/k!r 9.9 10.2 I 10.8 12.3

(4mark.<;)
Pressure, P. incylinller X 1O~ Pa I 1.5 2.i 5.0 10.9
(f\ At a certain time. the pressure of the gas is 7.8 X1O~ Pa and its temperature is 24"C. What
wUlbe the new pressure if tbe temperature of the cylinder and gas rises to 32"C? (Assume
(a) Plot a graph of P (v-axis I against til (x-axis 1. ( 8marks) the cylinder does not expand.)

(b) Use your graph to find the mass of the empty cylindtlr.

( 3mark.~) ( 4marks)

(c) Find the gradient of the graph. (g) In tenns of the kinetic theory of gases, explain what causes the pressure of a gas and why
the pressure of a gas rises when its temperature rises at a constant volume.

( 4mark.~)
. ,

(d) When the pressurereaches 12 X lOS Pa. the cyliDder is considered full, Wouldit be possibk
to add more gas at this pressure? Why might this not be advisable?

( 5marks)

Total 30 marks
( 2marksj

(e) Use your graph to find the

total mass of the cylinder and gas

PHYS-P2 + P3-JU 1999-Page 1 or7

?-1
lIo.c
2. (a) Explain what is meant by the mometll of a force about a point. 'e) Calculate the magnitude oflhe force. F, which the knife exerts on the lid. (Ignore the mass
ohlle knife.)

( 2marks)

I
.
• . I
,
; ( 3 marks)
I
if
12.c:m .:.lc.".
I I
I
Lid (f) The can exerts an upward force at point, P, on the knife. What is the value of this forCe just

Handle
Knife
Ii' , before the lid moves?

i
;
j
j
30N CD i
I

( 2marks)
Figure 1
(g) lfthe force, F, is too small to lift the lid, suggest TWO changes you might make to increase .
Figure 1 above represents a cross section of a table kDife being used to prise off the lid of the value of F.
a can.

(b) The kDife when used in this manner acts as a simple machine. State the name of the simple
machine.

(1mark) .

(c) On FIgUre 1, (i) indicate the position of the pivot, P, and (ii) draw an arrow to show the ' ( 2marks)
direction of the force, F, which the knife exertS on the lid. ( 2marks)
Total 1$ marks
(d) Calculate the moment of the 30 N force about P.

PHYS-P2+ P3-JU 1999-Page2 of7

"i
3. (a) A transverse. wave on the surface of a liquid ha.' a wavelength of 1.8 em. Explain what is (ll) Figures 3a and 3b below show the same wave striking a plane refle(;ting surface
meant by a transverse wave and the wavelength of the wave. and incident on a small gap in a pl~. reflecting surface respectively. Complete
the dia!,'TaIDS to show tbe wave (i) afterreflectioD and (n) after passing through tbe
gap.

(b)
above.
(2marks)

F"IgUre 2 below isa displacement-time graph representing the wave described in part (a)
Directioa
I Or travel Direc:tiOD I
of'trllvel
I I
..
I
Displacement
O~9clD ..... -

Figun3a'
I
I time/I F"IgUre3b

0JlC:1D~----- -- ( Smarks)

Figure 4 below shows the same wave approaching the gap which has been
Figure 2 increased to five times its original size. Complete F~ 4 to show the wave after
it has passed through the gap.
(i) For this wave d.etennine ithe

amplitude - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ­

frequency - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ­

speed------------------
Directiou
~
of' lravel I I I ..
( 6 marks)

~
Figure 4

( 2marks)

(tcn L{ I~ ,O'_"'~'-v-:; I
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1999 - Page 3 of7
 '1'111 II I: it: I I

:111 il I

,f,

4. !<I.J it) What i~ an elrwrriclidJ'; . Iii i I How J[\1atly ekctrons mal~e up the ,:.:harge ill pan (b) (ii l on page IO'?

------------_.----_.--~

-----------_. ( 1 mark I
I: ,I·

(ii) How is the dir",ctioll of' an electric field dt~fillletl?

1111 illl ek.t;tron

1.6 X JO-1"Cl
( 3 marks)

]V Calculate the work dont: o\-th" hattery in chargmg the platt'S.

fb) A velocity selector is u:;ed tu separate charged partic'le, and consists of two parillld mewl

plates connected to a source of e.m.f., 3:; sho"in in I"igure 5 hd6w.

1111111111 111ll1l1i ill II I!I 11111111 III I III 111111 I!I!IIIIIIIII 111111111'1: Ii 11111 III II I 111111 lIilillllllllll i Ililllllll I 1IIImn"
1111 1;i1111,1 II IIi !II 11111 III 111!I!!iillllll I! I iii II I ill III ililllll!llllllillllllll Ililli illllllllIl"illllll I' lilllllllllllllllill illll,J 'ii 111,1

......1' I -1 ( 3marks)

Me~
,l ~ -+ t\.', Olle' of the: plart:, becomes positi\'c'ly charged. Explain how this occurs.
T_

~.
Plates I' • I.: I .L;, I.. '

t I mark}

Total 15 marks
Figu.J'e 5
i
When the plates are connected, a current of 1.5 A flows for 0,5 x 10- 6 S and the plates
become charged.

On Figure 5. mark the, sign of tbe charge on EACH plate. Draw on the diagram the

electric fieidthll.ttesults from tbe chllrgedplal'es. . •I , ( 3marks) ,

(il) Calculate the quantity of charge that flows on to the negatively-cbarged plate.

( 3rnarks)

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1999 4of7

7'1
...
 PHYSICS PAPER 3 - JUNE 1999
General proficiency - 1Hr

1. (a) Describe an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of vaporizatiou of water. (al With the aid ofray diagrams explain the terms 'refractive index' and 'critical angle'. Draw
( 8marks) a ray diagram to sbow bow a right-angled isosceles glass prism can be used to turn a ray of·
light through 180°, and identify an optical instrument that utilises this property.
(b) The body loses thennal energy in several ways. One is by wanning the air taken into tbe ( 8marks)
lungs and then breathing it out. A second way is by evaporation of water into air which is 8
then exhaled from the lungs. . (b) A ray ofligbt travelling in water at a speed of 2.25 x 10 m S-I strikes the water'
surface as in J.'igure 1 below. Determine the refractive index ofwater and calculate.
(i) In one breatb.a girl inhales a volume of 4 X 10-4 m> of air at 15"C. TIus is wamll:d the maximum angle the beam clpl make with the normal if the light is to enter thl!.
to 37°C in the lungs. What mass of air is inhaled and how much thermal energy is air. (6marks)
transferred to the air? ( 6 marks)
iNormal
4
(n) A mass of 1.8 X 10- kg of water vapour is exhaled along with the air for each I
breath. Calculate the thermal energy required for the water to evaporate. I
( 3 marks) I
Air I
(ill) In one minute the girl takes 12 breaths.. What is the average total energy toss per Water
minute as a result of breatbiJJg? ( 3 marks)

(Density of air: 1.2 kg m- 3; Specific heat capacity of the air: 1.0 X 103 J kg-IICI ;
Specific latent heat of evaporation of water at 37°C: 2.5 X 106 J kg-I)

Total 20 marks
Point source
Figurel
2. (a) (i) Define linear momentum and state the law of conservation of linear momentum.
( 3 marks) (n) The light source is replaced by a detector of light. and a ray of light is then shon~
on the surface of the water from the air. Is there any angle of incidence at which
(n) A car ofmass 800 kg collides head-on with a truck ofmass 3200 kg and both come no light enters the water? Explain. .
toa stop..The truck was travelling at a speed of 30 km h-I when it collided. (SpeedofIight in air = 3.00 x 1O&ms-1 ) (3marL~)

A student argues that momentum is not conserved as both vehicles are stationary (c) FlI'JI'e 2 shows three rays entering a specially shaped piece of glass called a prismatic­
after the collision but both were moving before the collision. State whether the window. The angle ofincidence of the two outelrays on the surfaces AB and CD is greater
student is correct or inalrrect and explain your answer. Find the speed of the truck than the critical angle for glass. Copy and complete the diagram to show the passage of the
in metres per second and determine the speed of the car as it collided. rays through the window.
( 8marks)

(b) (i) A spacecraft with several small rockets attached is moving at constant speed, in
a straight line, in outer space. Explain how the spacecraft is able to maintain a
A D
constant speed for many mon~ without turning on the rockets. State and explain
the effect on the motion of the spacecraft if the rockets are fIred for a short time.
( Smarks)

(li) The spacecraft bas a mass of 1.2 X 104 kg and the rockets provide a force
of 4.0 X 103 N for 3 s. Find the pin in velocity as a result of the firing of
the rockets. ( 4marks)

(~eW ;a:; ••~)

J..C i.,L:V¥.~)

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1999 - Page 6 of 7

';IV
4. (a) Describe, with the aid ofa diagram. an experiment thaI demonst.raJ:es that (a) Draw a circuit diagram of a half-wave rectifier coonected (0 a resistor aud an a.c. supply.'
Indicate on your diagram the direction of ctuTent flow.
(i) an induced e.JIi.f. is caused when the maguetic flux cutting a wire changes
Sketch voltage-time graphs showing how the rectified a.c. voltage differs from that
(li) the size of the e.m.f. depends on the rate of change of cuning oftlle magnetic flux. produced by a battery. ( 8 marks)
( 8marks)
(b) (i) An air conditioner consists of a fan-coil unit and a com:p;essor unit. When the air
(b) An electric guitar has six steel strings and a 'pick-Up' made of bar magnets with a coil ofl conditioner is switched on. the fan-coil unit. rated at 250 W, operates continuously. .
copper wire around them. Figure 3a and 3b. When a player plucks the strings they vibrate. while the compressor. rated at l00e W, operares only 40% of the time.
The air conditioner is switchedoti for 12 hours per day. Find the total electrical
Steel strings energy, in kwh, consumed in a 3O-day month. ( 9marks)

(li) If the air conditioner is operated in a Caribbean country where electricity is billed
at $5.00 per kwh, find the cost of this energy. ( 3marks)

Total 20 ma.rks

Figure3a END OF TEST

CoIl of

ropper wire

li!-fl-/-I-l-----}-­
Figure3b

The purpose of the pick-up is to convert the vibration of the strings to an elel;tric current
which the copper wire then conducts from the guitar to an ampli1:ier. Explain how the
Vibration of the steel strings causes this electric current ( 5 marks)

(c) Another example of the application of electromagnetic induction is the transformer. An

ideal transformer is used to operate a 12 V lamp using a 240 V mains supply. There are
1800 tumll on the primary coiL Calculate the number of tumll on the secondary coil. What
is the current being drawn from the mains when the lamp has a current of 2.0 A flowing

PHYS-P2 + PJ-JU 1999-Page 7 of7'

:" TIle gr.lph on page 2 was PIOUCl.l uu............._ .. w.w_ - -..u

PHYSICS PAPER 2 - JUNE 1998 {;I} How woullJ you make:. liure Ih:U the remperlltUllr ot tbe g;1S'WUGOJlli1lIm durinlplle
General Proficiency - 1~ fIrs cxpcrlmenl. '1

. _ __.._------_ _." _ _ _._ - _ ~

_ __ ••_ _ _ _ _ .._ ••_ u • ••• u _ n _

You should NOT spend more than 30 minutes on this question. ~

( 1 mark.)

1. (b) ltissu33CS1Cd that if the temperaure is eonstlUlt.tbc pressure.P. of" fixed masso( (l:lS
'1);.! ~I Glaa'lube ~ invClSCly ptoportio/lll.llo UlC volume.V.l.bat is
I''; fol.
1+-11 Dc7a1r +.. k. x r where Us II con:uanL

:1[: ~ PreSllUePllle
To leSt whClber Ibe rela1ionship appli&:s in Lhis case. read on v<l1ul:S orv from tM graph
10 compk:~ Table 1 below. Ca.lcul:lle the corresponding .v<llues of W.

.J~C_ctlcHt'OI' ,-,
PICliSUlC. p/kPa Volume. went <VWcm-)

100

011 I~O

. 200
FJ&urel
230
TheapparatusshownUiFIgUIIl 1abovemaybeu.scdlDinvtatiptehowtllevolumeoCaoxedmass
ofgas 21: COBStlIDt lemper.ltlUe va.rie& when tbe pmsu:e II ebaIIpd. AIr II trapped In a uniform 110 h
-
g1llss tube which has a scale behind It calJbraIcd ill em'. Aa lbo paIUll:: iIllho oil dwnbcr is
inCJeasedusing tile puDip.. ol1l.sCon::ediDto theaIass tube.~ tllevOWlIIlIUJlLbl ale. The 300
pressure. In kl'a.1s ind~<:ilCd by a pup filled to LbI oU cllanibet.
Tablei
.r..tll; !.;.
.•.f.;:.i: I:: : :
( 911W'ksl

. T"'l"
,,-,l •J!,..., ',.
" t
·"~l
t·
'~'.~
- .....-,t ..p.,
+! r
~~·I-;'I.-i .
t1 ·..t~'!- iF'"
t-
'n'
m.

"
.,~.
.
T
11"~;'r
'-I
1 1-,
1""1""t";''' .~"Jl
..
I.
(c) On page 5. plat a iI'lPh of W againstP. ( 8 mllncs)

If :j :;
~ '!'
;: l~ . 'lt~j~·l.tt
t. J . . . . ..;..~ tt!
'" r !~ Whuconc:llI$.ioncanyou draw,(romthe graph you h:lve plotted? Give .. reason for your
45!·il·':"'1
, .. .,.. • oW'

;.. . .+ ' +!-,-+"" .(d)

lIIlSWet.
:ql' Ibt'1" ,
•, , If,
=£t l F . '" .ttl !:l~;
• f l,i"
I'll l i t ;'" -1+" ~,j: I l·~.. ""
40
: ~H '·ndFH·
351' ~ , ~ I:: ::Ir 11 ~': %r::nr!'
f :
'!d~ f ;'. : for .' ++i4 .... I~~ ... ·
.
...
• 1 ••
:.
~" ~_ "._ _._ _ __ _._ _.· · ···..·._ " · · u._._ _.,.
.................................................._---_ _ __ _ _ _.._ .
( Z marks),
.'.1
.1 . ; ~ '. I •
(e) .The padlen!. oC lbe papIIls equal 10 the value or i'.. Find k.
.101 ; ; ::
'" • ~ l'
.. ' j !

151: 1',';
:I,
11)1':: : Hr
I :~I! ;~~Ii.i'\
i: r: ;:1;
.__ "' _ _ -_ _--.-...•..- - _._- - __._._ _ ~.

50 15 %.50 175 300 315 J50 _ - - . -••- _ __ __ ..}..••_ . _ - _..· · · _ · · · · __ _._ _w ...

~ureIkP.
.._.._ _ ---:- _ _ _._ _ _ .._._:...-.... _.11' _.__
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1998 - Page 1 0(7 ( 5 marks)

'y I
 .:
1. (3)
(i) WblU would betl1evolunle ofthc alrilltlietube ICtllie~could be1ni:Rla:SCd
(0 to SSO kPa7 (AssuIl1ll the eqUlltioll ill (b) on page 3 appt1es.)

__ _ _. _-_.._.__ _ __. _._---_. _-_ _. _--­

__
.

-------,. _--._--_. _. _ __..

...
.... __
_ __-_
__ . ---
.......--
_ _.....-----_._---­
__._-_._.__ _---._.__
....

__
..... ...-...
-~ . _._... I Pr:ilrlhtllt rod

. ~---
( 3 IIItIrks) -
The mulmum volllll1ll ofthe air inlbo tube Is 6S cin'. Caleulate the prtSS\Il'e of .
~ \VlItchgl:l$StS
(il)
the air for this :"olvme.
_--_._ _--_._----_.._--_..----._._._-­
... __........ .

_-..--- _----_._-----_--.. .... . ' ".

Figu~1

'!em..,
-_. ---_._-- ...-.._....... - - "

..--...
Figure Z llbove shows a palytltcllC rod. n=::ung on twO w:ltch glanel ....hlch :let 1IS:t low-l'rietion
piVOt. A ncg3tively ch:lrgc:d rod is brought neM to the polythcne rod.
­
..............--..- ....~.-.- ..--.-.........---._... . ....,1..---...._··_--
( 2 marks) (i) If the potj'thcnc rod is 3ttr:u::ted. what TWO pOSSible cOllClusions migbt be
drawn?
ToClIIJO IUrb
d:, . . . . . . ._ .._ _ h _ _ .. · - ,,····_· _ ,. ~ _ _ .

_ , ~._ ..-. __ "'_ .._ "~ -.. _ _ - ..- - _..

1M'" !
•• ; I
n;; :i
,,'

..
. , "
:;
f .. ~, t '
t
• i; "7, lli~~ . ; I
t ; ~ I' i;;' it 1-
t ''' • • f . f
i:-; ; iT'
; ,-;.

":'
.
rr ,i:~ q 1·1 : q! t t f ~
l' t .. ; ..
-;-;j-;- , •,. , I ' \ , : , : ' I; "\ j I
i! 4 1 ~ .. :
to t"! ~
1; ~:!; : ~ ;: : j ~ I ;:; ~
,.
!
J ~, 'It:. l"~' 'f f'
fl',;.
: ...

__ __ - - u _······ •
( Z marks)
• .. • ..•

I"'~
: ; ! ~ :r ~
.i 0,:. f r~ t:~f ~;~~ j,:j!
l~; "tt tlil~tf~ t r ft. It'" s" • . !:

~ l J ! i l' I 'Ii ! ; ~ l l ~ :: I' I !.,. ~ f ;; 1;;.; :-,

I • ! t ; ~ t ; . ~: ~:;~. 1:-!
tr'l . (il) WhlU. cOllCtusion could be drawn if the rods repelled each other?
H.:;~ ti,. t ~l . :.,
~ r ! [:: r t! :';"1 t t: ~ : '., ...•
.. .., ..... I f " ,. f ... I t 4
t~tl IiI d·t j;.~ 1-"!·1 ~",'q • t t·,· r
,~;'; f: J ~ f r t: ~ i
... r i 't.l
,I.

t;;!
•

~ :--j': rr~: ~~~

. t , . , .. t 1.. t t" r .. t • j • J
lit
H

:;;: ; ;:;
, "

_.. __ _._._ _ - _. _ _ ~ ._ .
OOJ .. i: /.! ····.r ·H··f • . ' ' .. I.' II': .:!.!flt , ....
, If 1
+1." .,!. ·i· i ... ','
• , .... 1. : ': ,;, ;". .' , t· i i ' I i ;. !., • I.' !!', \' 'I . " ! , ' . ' j' r tr' i,· ...........--= __ __ ."•••_ •••••_ _-:.._ _ - - -.- ".--~.•
, .. , !:~, ;l; =:.; :": :. ~ d . ,!;: ~~f: I;J! !~,: ~:I: ~ ;~t~ :;!~ .i! ~:l ( I nmrk)
,'. ,It •• ,. ".': ,~ • ,; ~ ' • .t J .',ri fff •.• ;~ ~fI '1" ·.t tt,1:·

in ;:::
j :

:;,;11:; ;~~ ; ; :;~ ::~ ::.~ .::; ; H ~m

-,. t

o.ot I . : I,.. , I.. ; . . ' . "

iiI i'i! ;: .. :;:11:;.,...
; : i l, :,. ;· .. 1 (b) AneptlYelyc.hargedSPbereisCOllflCetCdbyacopperwlrcloapositivelYcllargcdsphc;rc.
: ' • " "r' " , , HI; , , d I' !r.. , ... i •
r .. 1.... : ~;.;
.... .,,; : ~!4 !:i; ~,-,
; .: ~:: . ; :: ':t·
.1 I '1·'·' ··'1 I f ; · · .~ ••
~::~ , ~t i:t: :JJ ;!:~ I l l ; ! l::: Hd
•.• I:: : :';'
• • ' .' f i , t" causing a cummt to flow. as sJlowrt in Figure 3 below.
'
.. : '"
;: i ~ ~d I .. if t' ~ ; ,
,0' ," ':'" I I} 4 .:. , i . .. f.;'

;:;i :;ii ;:: f:;' .:.: :::• ;::: •. ;: ;;I; Ii!;: F f: ..... ,.i :, ..
&.03 ,
1
1", II:! /"

':":.1 :l:-rr:;
t· f

, : ; ;f
.,
1';' .. " ,·jl . / p ' li'i'

HH'i": :;:1 il:i:;; ;i·; ,:i:,:;!! :!ji,;!!Li!H

~!';:,
'f" , . . :.;.
:.,
,. j' I;::.

:;l.
.,., :j:l
,.,: ",' ;:!' ':~: ;':' I,:,
<: : :::' ~
, " ,f.
,i,

'",
:

C"" I.
." t '
-f ,.
I • I ~

',"
",'
'.! . , n t
1'1'
,I"
. " ........ ,,'
II .'" I'

. ... ''';\~i i,j~: :::: :::: ::.! i:~: :;11 :j~! i~l! j~i! ;~i~
i1~' i~:; l~:;
oOt ... , .... '! " . , " , . , ; .. , I : " ".! it'i IIp "11 ",1

i!ii !·i1.i

••,, . ':,;; ,;:i ~::: ::;,,':: ::.: ;,': :::; 'W !!i! :!:: !::: ::!! :;:; :,:: ChI

Hot • .t 1 ~ . '. ri.: It:! . 1.1~ ::;: ;~:' ~i f i:t: ;i!: ~:t: :t:~ i~it "f
•• 1.

.. ~ ; Figure 3
• t,:
!~ : : ~ ~ ;: ;:; :
t ~., • ... ;+ ••
"I"WTYVC" ft1 _I 'ft"'2 nT 'IftACJ 'ft__. . . . _I""
 b) (i) Mark. on Figure 3 above, lhe direction of conventional current flow. J. (a) Table 2 below lists Iypesof waves and thcirsources:.Complete the table by filling in the ­
( tmark) blank spaces. In Ihe thirdcolumn. state whether the waves aretr.lJlSYClSC or longitudinal

(il) ,What kind o(cbarge aelually moves in the wire?

Type of Wave Source Tnmsver.sc or
.""""."~_ _ . " " . " . " " " " , , , , , , , ,. . ~n_.. n_" ."""""'"''''''''''•• ''''''''' _ __ _ ..
longitudinal1
( 1 mark) Infra-red l'lIdiation
(iii) In which direction do the charges move? , Sound waves Loud-speaker

PrOIlL............................. 10 . ( 1 mark) TV transmitter

(iv) Name the S1 unit of clecl.ric charge and give its defmition. Table 2
( 5 marks)
.........." __ - _ ", .
(b) Figure 4 below shows a wave SjlIl:ading out Crom the point S. The wave hilS the barrier
......................- -- . and is lI':f1cctcd. On the diagram. draw TWO zeOected wavefronlS and mark. with an X•
the point from which !hey appear 10 come. ( 3 marks)
.............. _.. _ _ _.- _ - .- _ - .
( 1 marks)
Barritt'
(v) If the curreRI in Ihe wire is 3 tLA and it flows for 2 ms. how much charge is
lmIISCem:d through Lbe wire?

-..__._--- __ _ _ _- - .. __...-_- " --_ .

.......... _ __ _ io ..

.......... _ - _ _ __ _- ~ ~ .

................................................. _ __ - -......

( 4 marks)

(c) The cbarge stored In aCar balIery is lISUlI1Iy stated using the non-SI unit8ITIp-OOllIS. One
anip-hour is derll1Cd as the dwge srored In a battery when a Cllmr. of one ampere Is
a:sed 10 cbarge it for a period one hour. or Fipre4

....... ,;;.. __. _-_

Calculate the cfIarie Sl:ored in a 40 8ITIp-hour battery using the SI unit Cor tharp.
_ __._ _-_ -- _.. __ __ -- . .

(c) Figure5belowisapaphwhichreprescnadlovariadolloftbedisplacement.y, withl1me,

10 as a wave pIS'ICS a ccrtaia point..

_ ..• .. • • • ~·~~

............................................... _ n

_-..
_

- _
_ _

_._
" • •_ _

_ _ _ _-
_

__ _-_
_ _ ••• ..

. 1/mm
S
............__ _ _ · --···············..········· ········--r·i;;;;;.ki),

Total IS marks

-151' '1\ 'II"" 1\' !I" 1\ . 'II

.$
~ l::
.7.5~
o 1.1 0.1 U GA IU U
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1998 - Page 3, of7 tis
,W
YllUre5
-;7-­
...

 ~)
(i) Use the graph to find the amplilude of the wave.

( 1 mark) (c) The radioactive isotope of iodinc,l;~ 1. is used to study blood circulation. This isolope
has a half-tlfe or 8 days.
(Ii) How lolli does one complete C)'C1e of the wave take?
(i) Explain whal, is mc:uu. by the HALF-LIFE oCthe isotope.
(lmark)

(iii) CaIcu1ale thc frequency of I.be wave.

(Imark)

iii) Give the symbol for another possible isolOpe of iodine,

( 2 marks)
( Z marks)
(iv) What other information would be needed to cakulll1e the wavelcnfPb of the
wave?
(iii) Other isotopes arc available wilh half-lives ono seconds and 2 years. Explain
......... _ • •_ _ h _ ••• _ ••••• u ~ ..
why 8 days is a suitable halC-Ufe for medica.l uses•
( IlDlU"k)

(v) On Fipre 5 above, draw aoothcr wavc which has thc SAME amplitude bul
HAu: thc frequency. ( 1 marks)

Tolal15 maru ( 1 maru)

4. (a) Radioacuvcll'lICCrsarcsomctimes used in mcdicinc. Describe how aradioactivcisolope (iv) A sample of I:~ I is introduced iDlO a person's body_ After bow many days
is used as II tr:lCeI'in the human body. will';' of thc sample have decayed?

._ - ~_ -­ _.-- _._ - _ --_ __ _-_.­ - _ _ _ ••• _ .._ _ "" _ _ - ••_ __ " .." !""

..." _ _- -..... _ _ _ _ _.­ _ ~ - .

( 2 marks)
... __-_ _..--_ _ -.._--_ ( 3maru)
.

(b) Nuclei whichernit only 0: - particles are NOT nonnally used as rndioactive tr.ICC1'S in I (d) Wben a nucleus of I:
I decays, it emiU a B- panicle and Y- radiation and becomes.
the human body. Give TWO rca50ns why this is so. lIenon. for whlclt the symbol is Xc. Wriu: III equation for a nuclear reaction to represcll1
this decay.

. _ _ " -_ - _ - _ .
............................. __ , - -
( :z marks)
.

TOlaJ 14 marks
................................ u "_ ,, u, u_ h ....

( 1 marks)

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1998 - Page 4of7

5. (a) Staff: Archimedes' principle. (i) Use lJ1e infonnatiun given in Figure 6 to find the volume oftbc rock in em).

( J marks)

( 2marks) (ii) Swe the volume of the rock in m1 •

1 mark)
(b) A tree is many times heavier 1JIlUJ a naU. In leImll of IIJc for:ccs aaing on the twO objects. (l ml = 1 x lO'cm l
)
explain why a tree fiOalS in waler but a nail sinks.

"" ---­ _ - _ _..­ _­ "' _ _.

-.. _­ __ .
(iii) If the roct has a mass of 0.12 kg, findilS density in leg m·l .

( ) marks)

(iv) W~uld the rock OO:lt or sink. in the liquid bromofonn whiCh bas a density
( 2 marks) of 4000 leg m'l '! Exphlin your answer.

(c) The apparatus shown in Figu.ne 6 below Is used in IIJc detenninalion of the density of a
rock.

t:mJ emJ
100 100
( 2 marks)

.90 !It

18
~ I I (<1) On Earth,the gravitational field slrengtll is mUClllarger than thai: on the Moon. If a piece
ofrocE were t:lkcn from the Moan 10 the E4U1h. Stale whlltcbange. if any. there would
be in the mass, weight and density ofthe rocle, .
70 70
Mass .............._ - " _ """.~

() , ~ ...

"
50
"
50
Weight ~ _ _ "--- " . ~ _ ,, _ _ "' : .

Density
( J marks)
40
Total 16 marks
JO

zJ I _H J-Rotk
It

Figure'

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1998 - Page 5 of7

 PHYSICS PAPER 3 - JUNE 1998
General Proficiency - IHr

1. (8) 2. (a) Sometimes tight is In::w:d as wave.1l and at other times it is represented by.suaiSbllints
arrays.
~LC.OIItpllt
(i) Describe, wilhthe aid of a diasratn. an experimcnllo show lhat liglu does consist
Staticmv, coil of waves. ( 5 marks)
. Soli iroll core
(ii) Eltplain tbo term 'diffraction'. ( 1 mark)

(ill) Uglu can be trelUed as mys traveWni in suaiglu lines becallSl: diffraction is
usually negligible, Explain w by t..his is so. and live an example of aD observation
or demonstration which suppons the view Lbat Ught travcli in straigllliines.
( 1 marks)
Soll iron (ore

J-:=:1 "a.c. output (b)

The diagram above shows the maincomponenlS in an oil-fwd powerslalion. The boiler
produa:s lIleam wbicb is used to spin the turbines. The turbines are connected to a shaft
whkh rotates III cJcctromq;nel

(i) Eltplain how clearieit)' is genenu.e6 when the turbines spin. Stale the main
energy changes. in thc conect order. rhaI o<x;ur in this power SWion.

(ii) Hydro-elearie po-e stalions are IIsc:d in several tenitories In thc Caribbean.
The water in a rim'. racher than steam, is used CO spin the turbines•. Stale TWO
advantaps of using this ~ ramer than usilJf oil ( 8 maries) Glass fibre 't

(b) The outpUt of the generalOf in a power Stalion is at I vol. . of 25 ltV and a step-up
ftlUlSfonner lben raises the voltage to 70 kV far dJstribalfon.
Data:
(I) Calculate the r.Iliu of the numberoflums on the reeondary coil to the number on
the primary coil of the Jransfonner. If the power outpUt IS 54 MW. find the Speed of Iighl in ail 3.0 X 10' m 5"'
current in the wiles of the secondary coil. ( 7 marks) Speed of lillu in glass ;; 1.9lt 10' mil"
Wavclenath of liglu in air .. 1.2 x IO-;;m
(ii) Aner distributJon, the VOltage is stepped down to I I0 V, A toaster connecred to
LIte 110 V supply convens energy at • rate of 440 W. What is the worlcing The diagram above iIIWillall:.s the way Iillu tr:\velli through II glass fibre. The ray onigbt
resi.'ltlll1Ce of the tOlSl.er? ' ( 3 marks) stays willtin the glass because ofrepealed 10lal insemal relleclion. Use !he data provided
to answer !he foUowing questions.
(iii) DUe to a fault on the disDibulion line. the VOltage supplied 10 the toaster rises to
140 V. Suggest what might occur and explain why, ( 1 marb) (i) CalculUlc Ibc refractive index OWIC glass and fimhlle limallest possible valudor
angle. i. if the lighl is to undergo lotal internal rcfkCLion. ( 5 marksl
Tol8no marks
(ii) Calculate Ihe frequency of the light in air and 100 frequcncy and wavelength of
Ule Ughl in Lhe glass fibre. ( 7 marks)

Total 10 marks

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1998 - Page 6 of7

 "'.

4. (a) The diagnm below shows a type oC flashing. lamp colll2i.ninll a bimetallic strip.
J~ (a) (i) Define the terms 'speed' and ·accelmm~'. Exp. ~Ih aneQS'llple. bow it
ispossibleroranobjecitObeaa:elcrating.wtdleitiS'uavellingllloo~rpoed.

(il) Arunnerinam:eaccelcra.tc:sUllifonnlyf'romn:st.l1lI:nl1'llvc1sllaCOl'lSllUllspced filamellt

and only slows down near Ihe end oC the race. SQ;JCh Ihe speedAime pph COl'
Ihls motion. Whal is meant by Ihe AVERAOE_EO oC the nmncr?
.... . . (I marks)

(b) In 1991. Cad Lewis ran the [00 m race in 9.87 s. The lime tala:n to COVei' cadt [0 m Bimtlllilic ;---­
SealOR Is shown in Ihe table be[ow. suip

Tune/' 1..81 l.0ll 0.91 0.89 0.84 0.&4 Il.I4 0.84 0.B6 0.81
Dislanl:dm 0-10 10·1J) 20·30 30-40 40-50 50-60 6Q.70 7Q.l1O ao.90 90-100

He acc:e!C:riu.cd Cor Ihe rust 40 m and ran at an approximately eonsmnt speed Cor Ihe next (i) Explainbowmelampisabletotlashwhenil.isplllggedilltolheclecuicalsupply.
40 iii. Suggest slliWllc malCrials for Side A wuI Side B of the bimet.allic strip :md
expl. your c:bolcc. . ( S marlu;)
(I) Find the value oCIIis speed in thescction 4O-SOm. and QSC Ihls value to rmd his (il) Distinguish betweenlhe terms 'specific hculcapacity' and ·Ileatcapacity·. SjaIe
acceleration over Ihe rust 40 m. ( 7 marks) Ihe S1 unit Cor he:u capacily. ( .~ ~ilFU)
(i1) If Lewis had I mass oC 83 le,. fll'ld the aVCl8ge Corce thll he cxel1Cd wbi1c (iii) . The lamp convedl Slit to lhennal energy and Slays on for 2 secoriiif»; bc{~
accelerating. ( J marks) switeh.inr; oCf. Durina this lime Ihe tempcrll1we oC the birnetallil: suiP'risc.s by
80 Ie. Calculate the heat capacity oC the bimetallic strip. '. . ( 3 marks)
(ill) ~ was his avemge speed Cor the complete rau7 ( 2 marks)
(b) Each oCme liimps in the circuit belowUlkcs a ClUlCnt oC 0,(17 A from the 120 V mains
TolaIlO. marks supply. The lamps are alll.lllllthe same time.
FUll Q

5. (a) DesCribe how the specific latent he1lt or \/lIPOrizatlon or WlllCt.t... can be detennlned in
the labomtory. usin, an electrical. method. include a circuil diagram in your answer.
S141e clcllI"ly the measurements which are needed. :md show how the value ofty is . ~uov

caJcuhned Crom Ihcse mc::lSurcmenlS. . . x y

( 8lDl1rks)

(b) In a RUclcllr power SUltion. the energy n:leascd by the fISSion oC unuUum-2JS Is used to S R
boil waler to make steam whic:lJ drives the turbines. (i) How much ClUlCnt Dows in lhe wire. PQ? ( :I marks)

0) . One ofIhe possible flSSlon n:acdons IsrcpI'CllCnted below. The IlOmic number (Ii) Wbll.t is II slliLliblc current l1l1ing for the fuse in this cucuit? ( Jmai'ts)
and mass number of Ihe Uypl.On nucleus (Kr) MVC been omilled. (iii) AD a.c. voltmeter is COIUlCCtCd. in tum. across

~n +- mU
n -t I"" Sa
56
+­ Jet +-
·0
In +- t
0n
QandR
PandS
How many protons wuI how mMy neutrons docs Ihe Iaypton nucleus conl.1lin?
. . . (5markl) PandQ
What would be the voltmeter reOlding ,in EACH case? ( J marks)
(ii) In this lission =lion. Ihe tow mass of Ihe products Is less than Ihe OriJlnal . (iv) u.mp X bums alit. How much current will now flow in Lamp Y?
mass.: Determii1c Ihe chaniC in mass necdi:d to produce 5.0 x ·1 ()I J oC Cl'lCrgy. ( Imllrk)
( Jmarks)
TOlal:lO maru
(iii) . Uonly40%ofthisS x 10' J oCcnefIYiSUllnSCerred to boiling water. whatmw
oC Willer would be converled to SLearn? ( 4 marks)
• . t

Data: F(lr water tv .. 2:3 x 10' Ski l END OF TEST

Speed or Uglu: • 3.0 x 10' m S'l
Total 20 fJliU'U PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1998 - Page 7 of 7
­q.lI
II..
J'

PHYSICS PAPER 2 - JUNE 1997 (e)

General Proficiency - 1Y2 Hrs

N

(t- Figure I below sbows a SIlI.:Ill. positively charged Ob~t ne:ll' to :I small. negatively
Figure 3
ch:ll'ged object. Indic3tC. with:l short arrow,l:!belled F. the direction of the forceexcncd
on the negatively chatged object. (i) A coil ofwire is mounted on an axle andpIaced between the poles ofapermanent
magnet. Explain why the coil begins tQ rotate when a cunent is passed through
Dr.lW the elect:ric field in the region of the two charges. Use arrows to show the direction it.
of the flCld. ( 3 marks)

r~· 0 . 0 .1
(3 marks)

Figure 1 (ii) What extra device is needed to ensure that the coil continues to rowe?
______._,. ·_M_' _
(b) A conductor. canyi.ng current into the paper. is repteSented by ® in FiJUre 2 below. ( 1 mark)
The "conduCtor is at right angles to the uniform magnetic flCld sflown.
(d) (I) F1JUre 4 below shows a conductor.@ •carrying cum:nt into the paper. Dr.lw
(i) On Figure 2 below. indl.cate, wilh an amlW,lhe direction oCthefon:e exerted by the magn;:.tic field 1lC::lt to tile conductor, using arrows to indicate tile direction
the magnetic f:e1d en ':.t'is condaCtor.. of the rlCld.'

MlIll1letie

Reid ®

Q9
Figure 2

How could the force on this conductor be increased?

•p
- - _.._ - - *"'t' ......- - - - - - - - - , , - - -....- ..- - .
(1marb)
(ii) Draw a labelled dj:lgram to show bow you couid"produce a uniform magnetic
rlCld like the OM on page 2. ( :% marks!

Flgure4
( 2.marb)

(Ii) . Anodler wU,e, parallel t~

the ~L, ~i.ftg cum:nt in'the SAME: dim:lion. is
On
posi~ aPointP.: Figure 4 above, show the dlreetion of the force on this
conductor and clearly label it with an F. "
(Zmarks) "
PBYS-P2+ P3-~ 1997 -Page lof6 ". ,;S
Total 15 marks
 ')}:) Distinguish between v~Gr ana sc:lbr qlllllUities.
.. _ _..---_. __ _--------_. __
-- - _- ...
(iii) Explain wby the dri¥el' ot the CU' must push harder on the gas ~ to k.ce;s the
C:lJ" moyill.l: at SO kin trl •

_--_
..- "

- .._ - - ..__ _ _.._ _..- - ­

­
---._-
............ _ _ _ _
---_ _----_.. __ _--.__
------------­
_ '

( :: m:Jru)
.. "._-..;-_..... ... ...
-------_.._--_. _--._-~_ ......... --_ -_._-_...­
....
A
_.----.,----. (Z marks;
(dJ St. Luci3 is 80 km due south ofMartiPique. '" sm31l aeroplane rues from M3.lti.nique to
Yipn!
St. Lucia on a day wl1l:n a Strong wind of SO kin trl is biowing from the:ast. as sllllOlltl
in Figure 6 below.
(b) A small CU' II'llvels ~ a collSWlt sp:ed. uound the cirl:u.1lIr race tI'lll:k shown in Figun: S
above. swting :md rmishing at Point A. The:rxk b.as a radius oC70 metreS and it tms FI~\JRf ,
20 Set;onds to complete tile joll.t'lle'Y- (Takc:lt:lS ~ andc:m:umfen:no: =2ltT, whe."l: lis
tlle radiU$.)

(\) FUId the diswlce nvelled in the 20 So

-...0
­
------------_.
(li) Ftndlbe avenge speed oC!beC1t.· .

--------_.._--­
__-------­
....
( 1 mark)

~.~u
Wind

w+ s
(1 marks)
The pilot nles the plane 111 80 Jan lr'" duc$OUuud:uive to the lIir. Use a se:lle di:lgram
(iii) What is the average vdodty for tile allllpice journey? to ruxt ..viLb wb.:lI velocity il.o"!'Hn wlwdit'er.:Uon!be plane will nvel n:l.aive to the E.anb.

-------------'-~--_. -­ ( 5 marks)

._---- o_rt)
ToW 16 IBlIrkJI

6.1.13.
(e) A -.;:It is U1lvcllll1g along a level road at ~O Jan Ir'. Tbe c:ar speedS lip to &0 km lr'. TIle (bl Two spe:lkers, Yibr:l.ting i:lllh:lse. are positioned some dis~nee ap::\.\'1 in::,,'1 open Sp:lCl:.
driver fInds th:lt she b.as to leeep her foot pressed Iw:der on the gas ped:d if sbe wiles to The Co"eStS of the waves [rom t.'le spe3k..'"l'S arc sbown on Figure 9 bela",',
suy at trois spet!li
(i) How woulI1 Aristo!.le's 'law of motion' explain lltis observation?

------_._._--_. _.--------­ Spe:lku X.

---_..- .--------­
--' ( 1111SrtsJ
Spc:>ur y.
(jj) Complete the following sutelnem of ~ewtotl'S fU'St law of motion:

It the resll1unt feme on a body is ::r.:o it will rcm:W1 at rest or

Figure 9

----------- -------- (i) ExpWn t..'le t.::= 'COl:lSlrUCUve imcrferenl\C',

,-------------------_._­
(1
.'
mark)

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1997 - Page 2 of6 ---------.- ._--_ _-----_.......--

..
(1 mark)
..

Il,
 (ti) Wh:lt TWO factors le:ld ll) the pleSSllle being lower :It gre:uer aIlitudes?

( 1 mark)

-----.....- - - . - - - - - - - . - - - - - -.....-----.------- I (e) In terms of the kinetic theory of gases, why does the pressure of lhe gas in a sealed
( 2 marks) conWner rise when tbe temperatw:e rises?
(b) In'side a pressure cooker, t..'le pressure is higllerthan normaI. Figure 10 below shows the
pressure cooker being used to cook: some food.

Holuna l0:Jm
WeiJ:ht
~
y
jaf<lt wive
_ _-_
_- - _._-----_
_._._-_.__ - _--_ ,;._ _-­
__
' _
~ _._~_._.

_ _-
__..----­
Aini3ht Ud M ~ t:_~-
". . ------_ ---_ _.-----_ _ _--_.. ..-_ - - _---_
.. .. ~ ..
( 3 marks)
PHYSICS PMER 3 - JUNE 1997
12 General Proficiency" 1&
1~1l) The gr:spb below shows !he current through u'le resistor in the :Le. circuit shown in
~~ Figure 1.

Figure 10

The lid is ainightexcepl for a small hole. which bas an area ofl x 10""" m I , at the lOp.
A weight is placed on top of the hole 10 close it.
I Supply
,
(i) If the weight used is 0..5 N, what is the preSSlIle due to \llis weight? Conyert your

answer 10 kPa.

............. _._ _ __ ---_ - _.~-_ "--".,, _.-_.- - _-­

010 tlms

0 Figure 1
ResiRor

-~ ..-._.._._.__....-.._..-...-.-_.---._--.. -.---.---.-'(4~) (i) Find lhe period and frequency of the altem:lting supply. ( 3mllrks)

(ll) With tbe ald of a circuit diagram, describe how the current through tl".e resistor
(ii) What is the touI press= acting on !he contents if atmospheric pressure is could be reCtified. Draw a graph to show bow the rectified current would v3Z'f
100 kPa? wi1h lime.
----_....._--------_ _..-_. _---_._----­ ,
..
,

( IlDllrk)
What is lhe diIference between this direct current and the direct curreOl from a
battery? ( 5 marks)

(iii) At what lemper.uure would the water in the pressure cooker boil? -("Jil') A cassette recorder is normally powered by four 1..5 V cells. It can also be
operated from the 3.t'. malns supply if a suitable adaptor is used. What
Cl:lmponents are required in such an adaptor?' ( 3 marks)
( 1 mark)

(iv) What effect might the Il;mper:LtllIe identified in (iii) above have on lhe limA; it (b) An eleatic Sll)Ye, connected to a 120 V 3.c.-supply:has TIVO 'bwners', EACH wilh a
takes for the foOO ll) coolt? 1'leSista.nee24Q.,andTIVO oIhers. EACH wiIh a resistance ofl2!1. ThcFOURelements
....... __ .. " _ _. ., _ _. _ ,,• • ~ _ n ..

C3!'l be oper:Lted independently•

(i) Ofa240and lZ0 burner. which one takes me gTClltercurrent and which delivers
......._ " .._ _ _ .~.;...._ _ __ ~ ••• " _ _ "." ..

~.n

!he greater power? ( 2 marks)

( 1 mark)
(ll) Draw adillgnW to show how the bu.nietS are cdnneeted, and lind the equiva.leOl
(v) To prevent accidents. tbe safety valve opens if the pressure inside tbe p.ressure resistailte of the cin:uit when"they llie all switched on :at the same time. (The
cookereltceeds twice &.e pressuze of the 3tmospbere. At what ternpenuure does symbol for :l he:uing elemeOl is tbe ~e as the symbol for a resistor.)
this occur? (4 marks)
PHYS - P:Z + P3 - JU 1997 - Page 4 of 6
~b
...

 (ti) Mark,withthe !eUcrC. TWO places on Figure 9 whcfeconstrllCtivcimerfer-..nce 4. (a) . n.e gnphbeJow shows how the boiling poilu of Willer vanes with the pressure of
is taking place. ( .1 markJ) the air above the water. Use 'the graph to answer 'the- quesUoos on Pages 11 and 12.
J'ra5m'eJkP.
I :.. .
(iii) Expillin the temI ·destructive Interference'.
.-."1 :....
.... -_._----_._-----_._-­ (lvh)l· .:.
-:z~
1 .

"'/
..
. - .
......
._----.-----------­ --:,':f-="': : r=:..:: .
~
1JOIGjl~~ti~~j~?li:~·~~fi.i;k~:·E~~h::: -:~'I~~:h4 ~I~·:··:
( 1 mane)
(iv) Marie, with a leuer D. TWO places on Figure 9 where <Iesuuctive Interference

(v)
is·occurring. ( .1 marks)

Describe what you would expect to hear as you-walk along the line. PQ.
~ •. ~w;.."" ' .,_. c·}····'
-

.
-
-" _.--ri-··..- '. ···
- . _.-_ ...
-.-..
~
.. ..
_ ,
..
l~"""
~.

­- -_.-._ __ {_· _···t·~···!

--~-
. ~,~ ,
.•.
.... ~-
~.
•.- .... -1 ....·mJ -­
.-.,::..:..­V. '.--­....­
~ :~~=.. ~

( .1 marks)
(vi) If the two speake:s were moved closer together. what effect would this have on
what you hear as you walk along the line PQ?

---....-......_----------_. _. _....... . .........._.._._.

au. 3 a.. ( l marld
':~""'--""""
·.. .
The SClLie dbgram. Figwe 7 below, shows pl:me wavefroms
­ incidelu on aburrier wbicll lllll . ~ r-:-; .~. '"'i..,. ~

has a ll:l.lTOW gap in it.

I::::±z-tl±: ". .
~B·'
(i) Determine the wavelength of the waves before they I'C:ICh the burrier. . :. •J •-H-. .:~ , ." .
,..
. ;.'
,
.
'

......_ _ _ _ •••• _ __ u __ ­
··_ .- - .._
~ .i:±+t++:
( 1 mark) t-tf"'!"( ; ..
ttim
..
(il)
---_._--_.._----_. _-_ _--_ _._-_ __ __
Wh:U will be the wavelength of the .....aves lifter they pass throuib the gap?

(1 mark)
.
hf·· :"
'.r--.
,

(iii) Complete Figure 7 below to show whlll happens to the waves. ( 2 marks)

Figure 7
:zo

o
(iv) On Figure 8 below, show what happens when the gap In the barrier is wider.
( 1 marla)

(i) A school in Jamaica is sitvared at an altitude of 1000 m. Atl.hC'SChl:loL·air

pressure is usulL1ly about 90 kPll. At wlw temperature would yOll·eX.pC;ct waicr
to boil'!
Figure 8 ..._. ... ,, ...._ ...__.._..__...l.__....._..._._._........ l!'_ ... ~_.~..- . -............

'" (lmark)·

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1997 - Page 3 of 6

 (iii) The stove is connected. via a circuit bre::1ker. to a special high cunent cln:uit in
the kitchen. Wbal would be the minimum cumnt raLillg for the cireuit brca.I:er? (ii) In tile labor:ltory. a scientist :ur.empts to lind the half-life of this ~otQpe of
(3 marks) magnesium. The soUrce is placed· near a deleaor 3Ild the count rate recorded
every live minuteS.. Her results are shown below.
Total 20 marks
Time/min o 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 :.s.a 30.0 35.0

2.(:1) The !:Ible below shows some of the properties of the emissions from radioactive Count ratelmilr l 460 267 156 104 60 50 32 34
subst1ncc:s.
In lo1e 3bsence of the radioactive source. the ratemetcr records 20 counts per
Type of lQdi;u.ion R:mgeinAir Penelr.ltion minute.
Why is it necessary to lind the count rate without the source being
A Greater than 1 m Passes through thin
present? • ( 1 mark)
sheet of le:u1
Plot a graph of conected count l':ltc ag3inst time 3Ild use it to find the
B 6cm Stopped by sheet oC average value oC the IulC-life. ( 8 marks)
paper
Explain why the graph does not necessarily pass through all the plotted
C 70cm Stopped by sheet of points. ( 1 mark )
aluminium 3 mm thick
Total 20 marks

Identify .0\. B and C. (3 marks)

gSa) (i) Explain. with the aid oC a diagram. what is meant by the moment of a fon:e.
(b) The diagram below shows It method that is used in some factories to check 011 the
thickness of the polythene being produced. The Geiger-Muller tube is about IS em from (ii) Wbal do you understalld by the term 'centre oC gnvity'?
the IlIdioactive soun:e. and is used to detect radialion that has passed throup the Explain why. in the absence of other forces. an object may be balanced lit its
polythene. centre of gravity. ( "' marks)

(b) The diagram below represents a wheelbarrow containing a load of sand.

! !.f~ I(

~ :
!o!!th~~_
Handles

Roll or polylhene
f--O..5m-l
(i) State., giving TWO reasons. which type of radialion would be most suitable for The container and load are pivoted at P and have a mass oC 40.0 kg. Their centre of
this purpose. ( :z marks) JI'll.vity. O. is 0.5 m from P and the handles oC the wheelbarrow are 1.4 m from P. The
handles are being held so thaLthe wheelbarrow is in equilibrium as shown in the diagram
(Ii) State :mel explain the effects on the mtemeterreading of vari.'ltion in the thickness above.
of the polythene. ( 1 marks) (i) Name the principle tbal must be satisfied for the wheelbarrow to be balanced.
Explain how this principle, applies in this case. ( 2 marks)

(c) Amagnesium (Mg) nucleus contains IS neutrOns and 12 protons. It emits a beta-panicle (ii) Calcul:w: tbe upward Corce.which is being provided at the handles.
and becomes a nucleus of aluminium (Ai). ( 3 marks)

(i) Write an equation for this de,cay. ( 3 marks) ,

(ui) C;ucul:lle the upward fon:e at the :utle. P. of the wheelbarrow. ( 3 marks)

(iv) . Explain the :ldvanuge of redesigning the wheelb3trow so thllt the centre of
gravity is much closer to the point. P. ( ~ marks/
t

More s:md is :u1dcd to the wheelbarrow. Explain why this II1lIkes the wheel­
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1997 - Page 5 of 6 "(v)
barrow more likely to tip over to one side. { :2 marks'
(c)

~~!,m·

(Iv) What value does this experiment give Cor the specific latent heat of fusion?
Express your answer in 1 kg-'. . ( J marks)

(v) [nher list of precautions. the experimenter stated L.'!.atshe dried the ice wiLh filler
paper :lIld she st:lrted wil.h the w:ue: temperature 10 degrees above the room
The wheelb:lmlw (mass 40 kg) is now wheeled up a r.unp :md pins :! m in height. 3S temperature 0(29 °C. Explain why L'1ese prec:Iutions would m::tke herresultmore
shown in the diagnm above. The work done is I 400 1. accUl':!te.
(! marks)
C:Jlculate the change in the gravitation:Jl poumti:Jl energy or the ·""heelbarrow. Tre:l.ting
the r.unp 3S a machine. c:Jlcu!.alc its efficiency. a 'J.. ::> Total 20 marks
The diagram below 5hows a bo)' doing his homework. He has difficulty reaiiing his book under
(g .. IONk~') the sma1lligllt bulb.
( 4 marks)

TOI:lI::O marks "''>. '" \ \ \.1 I I / / /

~U,4
~
(a) (i) When you dri11 a hOle in meta.! the drill bit becomes very nOL

How could this obseNation be explained using

the eighteenth century c:Jloric theory of heat?

the modern kinetic theory of he.?t? ( .&marks)

(ii) How did th;: evidence Crom Count RumConi's experiments in drilling the barrels .
ofcannons convince scielllisa that the kinetic theory was better tl'..an the c:lloric
theory? ( 1 marks)
(a) In your answer booklet, dmw a ray diagr:un to show the shadow produced by his he:ld
(iii) Usc the kinetic theory of !le:lt to uplain the melting of a solid. at consunt on the table. What difference would it mate to tJ-.e shadow if the' light bulb were repbced
temper.u.ure. wben it is he:ued. ( 1 marks) by a long fluorescent tube? Draw a dias:r..m to i!lustl'::te this C:lSC. ( ! m~rks)
(b) A studcm is asked to determine the specific l31ent he:lt of fusion of wat.::r. She StaltS by
warming some Wlller :lIld ~fully pouring it into a st)'T'Ofoam cup. (This cup is used (b) Light is a form of eleetrom:lgnetic (e.m.) waves. Name THREE other types of e.m .
beC:lUSC it has negligible he.at c:l~ity). She finds the mass of tIle w::.:er :lCd rr.e.asures waves and state which of the three has the longest wavelength. ( J marks)
ilS initi:Jl tempcr:ir.ure. She then drtes some sm:l!l pieces of ice :md slowly ::dds them to
the w;ucr, stirring until the ice is completely melted. The finallemper.:n:re :md mass of (c) (I) Low-frequency e.m. radialion is used to communiCate with submarines. Tile
the water :IlC noted. frequency used is 30 Hz. lftlle speed of e.m. waves in air is 3.0 x 1'0' ms- l , what
is the wavelength of the 10w-fIequency radialion in air? ( J marks}
The student's uble of results is shown below:
(il) A beam of low-frequency r.ldialion is incident upon the surfilCe of the sea.at :lIl
angle of IS~ lIS shown in the diagr:un below.
lnitia1 mass of warer :: 250 g.
Fina1 mass of water .. 79 9 g I

inilia1 temperature of water

Final temperature of water
'" 39°C
u 19°C \~:
~
Specific heat capacity of water '" 4 200 1 kg-'
4.2 J g-' Air
Sea

(i) How much therm:i1energy did the origina1 ~s of water lose? ( J marks) If the speed of the radi:;tion is reduced to 2.5 x Ifl m S-I in water. determine the
angle of refraction. What is tl'.e wavelength and frequency of the radiation in ~

(li) \vhill·Was the g:tin:in cnergy of L'lc MELTED icc as its ternper:aure.rose Crom Wlller: ( 6 marks}
o0c: . ....; . (3 mar.ks) (iii) If radiation of the same frequency is emiued by asubmarine which is under
Water. at wh.at angle ofincidence would total inlem~ reflection acetlr,in the sea?
(iii) Using your lUlSWeIS' to (i) and (il) above. find the llm0l!nl of. thermal energy ( 3 marks)
required to melt r.,ie ice at a•c. _ . (1'mark f .
~ i\J}'
~ «---
\...•_ tt:;-...). . ­
-
f •
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1997
- Page 6 of 6 Total 20 marks
 (vi) Calculate the density of the glass used to make the marbles.

........................" _ _ .

PHYSICS .... JUllU.l996,,-PAPER 1

. General Proficiency - 1 Hour
A l.eaCher asks her studcnlS to measure the density of the glass from which marbles are (2 marks)
1. (a)
made. Each group of students is provided with 20 identical marbles,
(b) Figure 2 below shows the. outline of a girl's shoe heel. drawn on graph paper.
The students are toid thai i.hc volume!lf asphere is!1tl'). where r is the radius. Thus.l!I'et
volume may be calculated if the radius (= diameter) is knowlL
2
They measure the diameter of one of the marbles WiLh a micrometer, The reading
obtained is shown in the magnified diagram below.

+
F~4=F;t::::::;~F:::t=.~: an

Figure:%

Figure 1
(i) Estimate the area of the heel of her shoe.
(i) What is the reading shown in Figure I above?
Area of heel '" .. ( 2f!larks)
(1 mark)
Diameter = mrIL

(ii) Express this reading in metres using, standard scientific form. (ii) The girl's mass Is 4S kg. What pressure does she exert on the ground when she
(lmark)
is standing on one heel'? (g 10 N leg-I) =
Diameter = In.

(iii) Find thevolurne of ONE marble.

.~:" . _._ ~ -:- ;',
..
~.~

_
u " "n • • .. •• •• .. • .. • .

.. :""' _ _ .
......................................................... h • • ..

H
...................................................................................................................... u ·u .

(3 marks)
(2 marks)
Total 14 marks
(iv) lfthe only available balance is calibrated 10 measure 10 the nearest gram. suggest
a method. which students could use. to accurately find the mass of ONE marble.

.......... _ _ _ ., _ "' .
. 2. (a) It an object is allowed to fall in the laboratory. it accelerates•
(i) Define the term accei4ralion..
......"' -_ ~ "' . .. _.- _-_.._ _. _.._. _ _ _ _ _ - __ _.
...................................................................................................................................................................
( :% mark..;)
..._ _ _ _ ...:
(1 mark)

(v) The mass of one marble was found LO be 1.1 g. Express the mass in kilOgrams.

( 1 mark)
(il) Explain why the object. accelerares.,
......................... _ _ _ _
.
Mass '" kg.
.............................. _ _ ..-. __. _ __ ­ _ _ .
PHYS -P2 + P3-JU 1996-Page 1 of6 ( l mark)
"'i>
 (iii) Why is the aeceleration of free fall the same for all objects at the same place. if air (iii) In the space relow. sketch the velocity-time graph ior lhe motio:n:lJf t!le tl;Y!"-._,,
resiswlce is neglible?
....... _._ _ _ _--_ _ __ __ _"" _ _.
v

( 2 marks)
flec:.tromapet

II'OlI ba
Ekc:uie IUlp-CIock

Using the graph. or otherwise. calculate the acce lerationof the ball during itS fall.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ._ · 4~ ~ u _ .

Trapdoor
c::aas= .............u " n · , ....

F1gure.l
(b) The appanlWs shown in Figun: 3 above. may be used 10 determine the acceleration due to
gravity. ofthe smalliton balL The height orraJl., h. and the time offall. t. need to be measured. I .. marks)

(I) Explain how llle apparaws worts.

Total IS marks

................................,. ...: • • • •_ uu _ .

3. {a) Figure 4 below shOws the structure of a neutral atom of carbon. The nucleus has six
protons. Complete lhe diagram to show the correct number of electrons in the outersbell
oflhe atom.

... -:.

(3 markS)';

(ii) Using this appanllus. a student obtains a value of 0.490 s for t. when h is 1.16 m.
Ca!cul31e the avcroge speed of the ba!1 during the fa!1.

n _ __ n ~ n ..

figure 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 40. _ _ "" nn " "• • • • • • • • • • • "".U••• h "'''''
( 1 mark)

............_ _ "" " " ••h"."" u . . ,,.u "'n"

Fill in the blanks in the following sentences.

..................... " " . 0) The other panicles in the nucleus are known as ..
12 marks) ( 1 mark)
The nuclide can be represented by the symbol ~ C.
Hence. calculate the final speed of the ba!1 just before its impact with the
trap door. . A is known as the ; and its value is .
(ii)
( 2 marks)
..........................................................._ - _ _ h " " .

{iii}· Z is -kfI9WI1 as tllen~m ..' · h and its value is .

........ h " "" "." " _ ••••

( 2 marks)

."." " " . PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1996 - Page 2 of 6

12 marksl
 (b) Three isotopes of carbon are r:ldiO:lCti',le. with half lives as shown in Table 1 below.
(ii) [Xtermine the energy relc.:I.'icd when one carbon - 14 nUCleus t1c.::.tys.
(c = lOO x 10" 10 S ')- .
IsotoPe "H:lJfGfe

Carbon -10 10 seconds

Carbon -14 5130 years

Carbon - 15 2.5 seconds

•• n h.~ • • • • H · · · U H h ""'"

( J ImlrkJil
Table 1
Tola' IS marks
In Figure 5 opposite. tbC decay cur>c for ~ g of the carbon - 10 isotope has been drawn. On the
same axes. draw graphs to show
4.
li) lhe decay of 4 g of carbon;.. 14

lii) the decay of ~ g of carbon - 15.

Label the graphs CLEARLY.

'fwi~ Battery
4 I.sV

3LL~~..J--+~":""':-'t-i-+--l--+---i-r-r-ll-r-:j
10 -+ 20m
Rheoslar
... - ... .' .
. _
'
.
. .... .... .
:l __ .. __ . _ . .
.. " ~... '. . , . figure 6

~
(al
Thccircuit shown in Figure 6 abOve. may be used to investigate the relationship between
- Car'bO~':lii appiicd potential difference:llld currenl. for:t 10 ncarbon resistor. The ballery has an
e.m.f. of 3.0 V and neglible intcm:u resi~tana:. The ammeter has negligible resislant'C.
A 20 n rheostat is used to control the current.

'-"'-..: .. 1':. :: (i) Draw a circUit diagram to represent this ammgemcm of I:omponcms.
o 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 11.5 15.0 17.5 ~o.o Timfh

figure 5
IS mar,kst

(C) When the carbon - 14 isotope. decays by 13 emission, it becomes an IsotOpe pf Ol1m!,!cn.
The mass of a carboo - 14 nucleus' is 1. 324538 ,~ 10:· ;"g. :LIU.l the m:~s uf ;j
nnrogen - 14 nucleus is 2.324510 x 10- 26 kg.
- .
(i) Calculate the dirrerence in mass between nuclei of (arbon - 1~ anu
nitrogen - 14.

••.• •••• * .. ~ hu.d·" •• U·~.,., ·H· •• u ~u+ _.u ••• on ••••••• 'U'" on •••••• u ••••• ~.~ ••••• 40 . . ' ..
I J mark.'il
• . .••••••.. •• ••••• • . .• ·-· • •• ..• u • · · u ••••••••••• _ ••• h ..
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU .1996 - Page 3 of 6
( 1 mark I I
.-z,.q
 00 Explain why it is neccssary for thc voltmeicr to h:lvC :l high resistance. (0 Find the resistance of the rcsistanre wire.

......~ •• * h . H
u.~ " . ' " ono' on ~ U _ ••••• , 0 '." • • •
................... H n u n u· ••

( 1 mark) (3 marksl

(iii) Complcte Table 2 below, to show how thc meter readings change when the (ii) Find the resistance of the lamp when thc current flowing is 0.20 A.
sliding COntact on thc rheostat is m.Dved from cnd X to the other end Y.
• ..·'" '" '" ~'"'" '" '" ••••••• u '" .

(You may use the space below the table for your calcu1:ltiortS.)

Rhcostat selling Rcsistlll1Cc of Ammetcr VoltmclCr

whole circuit/O rC:lding/A. rcJdingIY
(2 marks)
X
(iii) The lamp. resistance wire and a bll1tery are now connected in Series.
y If the current in the circuit is 0.20 A. dctermine the total potential difference across
the lamp and resistance wire.
Table 1
(5 marks) ............................................................ u - ..

.......................................................................................................................u ­
•

(h) Thc graph in Figurc 7 below. shows how the currents through a small lamp and a piece of
resistance wire change as the potenli:ll difference across each is varied. .. u .

(2 marks)

IA
~Lam,p
I I I'
Total 16 marks

15Ll-i--+-+-++m~TIttr:r:
~J> OF TesT:

:zoW--+-+++WH:HrtTtuiJII '.' .
15 ....

lot I

OSl--t'f---+--t--=:!'~-1--+-+-+--I--+-+-+-+--I--+-+-+-

I
i/,'l?'
-.
Jl/T' ,
-3.5
" 0.5 1.0 1.5 1.0 25 3.0 4.0 Vivo
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1996 - Page 4 of 6
figure 7
 PHYSICS - JUNE 1996 - PAPER 3 3. (al A te:lCher used the following experiment to demonstrate the law of conservation of
momentum:
General Profidency - 1BQ11!"~ __
She lined up three idcntical steel balls (A, Band C) on.a tr:lCk. and rolled Ball A towards
1. This question is about some of the physical principles involved in scuba diving. the othertwO (sec figure I). After the collision. Ball A c;une to rest next to Ball B. but
Ball e moved off with. apparently. the s;une velocity that Ball A originally had. .
Scubadivers breathe:lie from steel tanksc:mied on their backs. The tankscontain air at a pressure
of 2.0 x 10' Pa. At atmospheric pressure. this :lie would occupy a volume of 2.5 m l , Before the collision After the collision

8~OO 00 8~
(a) Explain. in terms of the kinetic theory of gases:
(i) How the :lie exerts a pressure on the inside of the steel tank
(ii) Why the pressure in the tank increases when the tank is left out in the sun Figure 1
(iii) Why the pressure inside the tank decreases as air is released ( 8 marks) (i) Explain the term 'linear momentum', ( 1 mark)
(b) Dctenmne the volume of the air when inside the tank at a pressure of 20 x 10' Pa. (ii) State the law of conservation of linear momentum and explain how it applies in
(3 marks) the experiment above. ( 3 marks)
(e) When the tank is in the Sun. the temperature of the air inside reaches 40 0 e and its (iii) In terms of the forces acting. explain how Ball A C:lffie to rest and Why Ball B
pressure.is 2.1 x 10' Pa. Underthe water. the temperature of this air goes down to wOe. remained stationary. ( 4 marks)

(i) Assuming that the volume of the tank does not change when it is underwater.
(b) A car of mass 800 kg. and a small van of mass 1800 kg. travelling in opposite directions.
detennine the pressure of the :lie in the tank. when it is underwater.
collided head-on and both carne completely to rest.
(4 marks)
(i) State the magnitude of the total momentum possessed by the twO vehicles before
Oi) Express the change in air pressure. when thetaiLk is underwater. asa percentage the collision and explain how you arrived at your answer. ( 2 marks)
cf the air pressure when the tank is in the sun. ( I mark)
Oi) The van was travelling at 12 m sol. Determine the speed at which the car was
(d) Because of incrcasing pressure with dcpth underwater. there is a limit to the depth to travelling. ( 3 marks)
which a scuba diver can safely go. ea1culate the tota.! pressure exencd on a diver who
is 24 m under the surface. ( 4 marks)
DATA: Density of water == 1.0 x I cY kg m- J (iii)

g = 10 N kg-I ..1m 5- t

Atmospheric pressure =, 1 10~Pax 12

o°e :: 273 K TOlal20 nrnrks

,1.. (a) (i) Draw a ray diagram to show the formation of an image by a diverging lens. State.
with ONE reason, whether you think: the image is real or vinual. (4 marks)
0.1 0.2 0.3 0,4 tis
One defect of the eye is 'shan-sight'. Explain what this term me:.utS.
Draw" a ray diagram to show how a diverging lens m:lY be used to correct this Figure 2
dcfcct. ( of marks,
The graph in Figure 2 above. shows the change in the velocity of the van during
(b) When a convcrging lens Conns a real im:lge. the magnification of the image can be the crash. Delennine the magnitude of the force acting on the van during the
c:llculatcd from the equation crash. ( 6 marks)
"J". image distance (iv) What was the magnitude of the force acting on the car during lhe.crash?
magm Icatlon:: " . .
object distance (lmark )
With the aid of a ray diagr:lffi, show lhatthis relationship is true. ( 3 marksl
Total 20 markS
(c) A converging lens is used to form a re:d image of an object placed 15 em away from it.
Given that the image is twice as high as the object. by means ofascale drawing. delermme
the focallcngl.h of the lens. ( 9 marks)
PHYS-PZ + P3-JU 1996-Page 50f6
Tolal 20 marks
1.1;0
 Most of the electricity used in the Caribl:x:an comes from oitor natura.! gas. This q ueslion is about
4· generar.ing electricity from alternative. renewable. sources ofenergy instead of using fossil fuels.
5. (a) Explain. in terms of electron fiow. the difference I:x:tween a direct current and an
alternating current ( 2 marks)
(a) Discuss the possible use of TWO·alternative sooree5-ef·energy. ethel'- than wind or
nuclellr. to generate electricity in your country. (b) Figure 5 below shows an a.c. generar.or. and the graph. in Figure 6 below. shows the
variation. wim time.. of the cum:nt from the generator.
Include in your answer. a description of the energy changes whkh take place in eadl
process. ( 6 marks)
(b) 1IA.

s
t1millisecon

Horizontal axis windmill

Figure 3

A wind-powered generator is an example of the utilisation of a renewable energy source.

Large blades are turned by the wind. and the rotation of the blades is used to run an
Figure S Figure 6
electrical generatOr.
The average speed oCthe wind is 10 m S-l and the cireul:ll' area swept out by the blades (i) Use the graph 10 find the frequency of the a.c. supplied by the generator.
is 1300 mZ• Consider the cylinder of air passing this area in one second. (Sec Figure 4
(3 marks)
below.)

-;10-­
(ii) Using the same scales as were used in Figure 6. draw a graph to show the effect
ofturning lhe generar.or at TWICE the ORIGINAL speed. ( 2 marks)
Wind-1lo-
10 ms- I (iii) With the aidofa d ~ describe a modification that would enable direct
cum:nt to be obLained from the genern1or.
~
Sketch a graph of the output of the modified generator when it is rowed atthe
_IOm_ ORIGINAL speed. ( 4 marks)
Figure 4 (c) Alapower'staliun. the output power from a 10 kV generator is 4 x l<r w.
(i) Calcula.te the volume of air passing the blades in EACH second. I. 3 marks)
(i) Calculate.the CUlTent in the transmission cables. (3 marks)
(ij) What is thc mass of this air? ( 3 marksl
(iii) Calculate the kinetic energy of the air passing the blades in each second. (ii) If the transmission cables have a lotal resistance of 20 n. how much power is
13 markst available to the consumers at the end of the line? ( 4 marks)
(iv) The ..:ffidcncy of Ihe gener.nor is 15%. Calculau: the power output of the (d) Explain why electricity is dilotribuled over long distances as a.c. at high voltage. even
generator. ( 3 marks)
1ll0ugh consumers use low voltages. such as 110 V or 220 V. ( 2 marks I
(v) Deseri be w hat happens to the other 85% oCtile energy which is not convened into
elcctrical energy. ( 2 markS} Total 20 marks
(Density of air =: 1.3 kg m- l )
Total 20 markJ EN.D OF E'XA-tvl

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JU 1996 - Page 6 of 6

 PHYSICS - January 2007 2. (a) Define the 'potential difference between the ends ofa conductor'.
......... - ..... - ..... - .. ",,- . _.

Paper 2 - GENERAL PROFICIENCY -1 % hours

........ ··· .. ·:·:·: ..
(3~~~ks)

Answer ALL THREE questions in this sectio~.

(b) Explain why voltmeters used to measure potential difference MUST

1. A student was asked to fmd the acceleration due to gravity, g, using
the pendulum. She varied the length ofthe pendulum and found the have a very high internal resistance.

time for 20 oscillations. Her results are presented in the table below. ..... . ... . ." ~ " _ " - . - .. . .. " "" " -._..

." ....
Length of Time for 20 Time for 1 Time for 1 ........
- . ...(3 marks)
pendulum, oscillations, oscillation, 2
oscillation, rls (c) A bulb is rated at 7.5 V. Dry cells ofe.m.f. 1.5 V are used to supply
11m tis TIs
I) 0.1 12.7 current to this bulb.
2) 0.2 18.0 (i) Detennine how many cells are needed ..
3) 0.3 22.0 ................................................................................<1 mark)

4) 0.4 25.4
5) 0.5 28.4 (ii) Calculate the electrical power supplied, ifthe bulb draws 1.2 A at
6) 0.6 31.2 its rated voltage
(3 marks)
(a) Complete the table above (6 marks)
(b) Plot on the page opposite, a graph oflength ofpendulum (1) versus (iii) Calculate the resistance of the bulb. (3 marks)

time squared Cr'\ (10 marks) (d) Two of these bulbs are connected'in parallel to the same voltage source.
(c) Find the slope ofthe graph. Draw the circuit diagram showing this arrangement.
(2 marks)
Total 15 marks
marks) 3. (a) Define the following terms:
(i) Half-life.. n nnn ..

(d) Using the slope, calculate the acceleration due to gravity, g, using
......... n n n
1'" marks)
(ii) a· particle .
g =4~ (-!r) ••• u nnn marks)
..\.'"

(X"" 3.14) (b) The uranium isotope~"U decays into stable Lead by successive

(2 marks) emission of8 a - particles and 613- particles.

(e) When ~ 2.6 s2, use your graph to determine the length of the
pendulum associated with this result (i) Calculate the mass number ofthe Lead isotope
................................................................................\,l; marks)
(3 marks)
(t) Describe the procedure the student would have used to obtain the
results in the table. (iii) Represent the nuclear decay in the standard form for a decay
equation
... -..
~. ~".. . . .. , .
........., " " .lb marks) (3 marks)
Total 30 marks

UtI
...

 238 9
(c) The 92 U isotope has a half-life of4.5 x 10 years. How long
(iii) Express your result in standard form.
would it take for the mass of uranium in the sample t~ decay to
its .original value? I mark)
Total IS marks
••••• ~'~'~"M ••••• "' ••• ' ••••••• _ , "" •• ,_.~ •• ~ , .. o •• ~ ••••• ~ •••••• ~ .. " , . ,

• ' •••• , _M _ • • • • • • • _., • •.•• • •••• A.' •• _ ' _ .

."......_._ "...._. __ ..""" ...... "... ". __.. "__ '"" ...."..__ "... " " __ '-~ marks) 5. (a) The Figure 2 shows an object in front ofa converging lens.
Total IS marks
Converging Lens

4. (a) (i) Define the 'upper fixed point' on the Celsius Scale. G
, F

I
~ • • • • TO • • • • • • • • • • • ~~... • M_ •• _ .. ",~ •• ~ ,~ _ ~ ~

__ __ ." _. _ __ """"." .__ " 11 mark) A B C

I :>=-..n.............. E

(ii) Give the values ofEACH ofthe following on the Celsius

Scale.
.I Figure2
Lower fixed point " " " ..
Upper fixed point " "._ (2 marks) (i) Identify the following by using appropriate letters.
(b) As the temperature of a substance changes. some ofits physical (1) Principal axis " " " _.." .
properties may vary. Identify THREE physical properties which (2) Principal fOcus m _" •• m "" ••• m " " m m .

vary with temperature. (3) Optical centre " m •••• " " ••• " •••• m _ " ••••

(4) Focallength m " " • • • • • • • • • • _ .

..... , ~-,,_ ~ '~'~" . __ . ,. _ ~. ~,,- ~'" "' .. - .. --­ ~.~ ~ '"

(4 marks)
••.•••• ~._ .. " ~~ •• ~ ••••• ~ _._ ~ ·.v " ' . _ " . · • • • • • • • • "' ..

....... , (3 marks) (ii) Write TWO formulae for the magnification ofan object.
(1)
(c) Figure 1 shows a football pump with a gas tight piston placed
(2)
alongside a ruler calibrated in em. The piston when positioned (2 marl{S)
at the 4 em mark traps a volume, V, ofgas inside the pump at
27°C and 100 kPa.
(b) A ray of light enters water from air at an angle of incidence whose sine is
0.50. The refractive index ofwater =1.3.

~ 1111:;1111111
~ I
(i) Calculate the angle of refraction.

0 (4 marks)
4 (ii) Calculate the critical angle for light rays travelling from
water to air.
Figure 1 (4 marks)

(iii) It was observed that a ray of light travelling from water to

(i) Calculate the volume V, given that the cross-sectional area of the air at an angle of 53 0 was totally internally reflected. Why

.
pIston . 15 em.
IS
:1
did this occur?

(3 marks) , , ~ ., . . . ,... . " .. ., . , .. .

....., _ ~ •.. _ __ __ " _.'-A mark)
(ii) The end of the pump is sealed and the temperature of the gas
increased to 122°C while the pressure is increased BY 150 kPa.
Calculate the NEW volume ofthe gas.
(5 marks) - END OF TEST­
 PHYSICS - January 2007
(b) The heating coil in Figure 2 has a power rating of2.0kW.
Paper 3 - GENERAL PROFICIENCY -1 ~ hours
Calculate the time needed to convert 0.25 kg of water initially at 10 Q C
Answer ANY THREE questions in this section.

completely into steam. Assume that heat gained by the beaker and the
environment is ignored.
1. (a) Stat~ Archimedes Principle. Use this Principle to explain how a
submarine is able to float and also to sink in water. (8 marks)
(Specific heat capacity of water == 4.2 x 103, J kg"l, Kt,.
Specific latent heat of vaporization and water = 2.200 x 10 J kg· I).
6
(b) A model submarine lies on a sea floor 325 m below the surface as
(5 marks)
shown in Figure 1. The submarine has a mass of480 kg and a
volume ofO.2m3• .
• (c) A brass cube ofmass 250 g was heated for a few minutes then quickly
::.. -~-..: ~ ~ :..:..-..;...-.:.:..~= ~ :.:.:::-~- J:':~.1."~ 325m' red into a copper calorimeter ofmass 0.065kg which contained 0.12 kg of
------------~-------~-. tomrfaee water at 25.0 C. The final equilibrium temperature ofthe calorimeter and
Q

-------~~~-~----
­
-_- _-_- _-_
- _
- _
- _
- . -- -.1.-
... - -- -- - ~- - - - - -- -- -.
..~1- its' contents was 80.0Q C.
(i) Calculate the temperature ofthe brass cube just before it was
transferred to the calorimeter. (5 marks)
(li) Ifan identical lead cube was used with the same temperature as
: l'iprd. the brass, would the temperature of the brass be higher or lower
WeJaht
than the lead after heating for the same interval? Justify your
(i) Calculate the upthrust on the submarine. answer.
(ii) The normal reaction force of the sea floor on the submarine
is 1800 N. Find the resultant downward force acting on the (Specific heat capacity of brass == 380 J kg' l K"I.
submarine. Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 J kg' l K I.
(iii) In order to rise to the surface the submarine must expel Specific heat capacity ofcopper 400 J kg' l K- I .
water from its ballast tanks thereby reducing its weight. Specific heat capacity oflead = 130 J kg-I K I).
Calculate the mass of water which must be expelled. (2 marks)
Total 20 marks
[ density of sea water == 1150 kg m-3, g == 10 m S-2]
(12 marks) 3. (a) Describe a simple activity to estimate the speed of sound in air. (8 marks)
Total 20 marks
(b) During a recent thunderstonn in the Caribbean, an observer noticed that 8
2. (a) You are provided with the apparatus shown in the labelled seconds elapsed between a flash oflightning and the corresponding sound of
diagram (Figure 2). Describe how you would use this apparatus to thunder. Detennine the distance between the observer and the thunderstorm.
detennine the specific latent heat of vaporization ofa liquid.
Your account should include the fonnula (e) and calculation you (Speed ofsound = 300 m S-I.) (3 marks)
would use to arrive at a result and the units in which it would be
expressed.
(c) Calculate the ratio ofthe sine of the angle of incidence to the sine ofthe angle of
•. _..- V Slliipji·-_··d." (8 marks)
refraction for light travelling from air to transportation materiaL The speed of
q..-: light in that material is two-fifths its speed in air.
\;
sWitcla (Speed ofLIGHT IN AIR, C = 3.0 X lOs m S·I). (3 Marks)

(d) A stamp was placed 25 cm from a converging lens of focal length 15 em.
;"'-~"
'-~
'

Calculate (i) The distance between ~e lens and the image

... (ii)The magnification of the image (6·marks)
. JI .:. ,... • ".~ - ----~
Total 20 marks
. ..., " ... . BIJliDee . li'I:J:are ~
~2-
lI..
 ......-­
~

,wtj':",E;.;. - ,+,.",. - "..

·CoIl
, A
~:'!(;1,
l .
-""""~' ! . '
~~
~

-
~, ltim.·
v ,.
... -X-W.lY
:..t
.,
.... 1'­

J1Ie:dbJe_ 0.55
,Englne ~; tuJ)m,
,rotation .~
z0 ','.".

i ­ :..
Figure3. Al~am'ent~F.
~~.

(a) Explain the action ofthe simple alternating current (a.c.) generator (a) Descnoe CLEARLY how you would carry out such a measurement. State the
shown in Figure 3. (8 marks) readings you would take and show how you would convert them to pressure.
(8 marks)
(b) An a.c. generator supplies 8 A at 240 V to a transfonner whose (b) In one particular measurement of pressure the heights of the mercury columns
secondary coil is connected to a resistive load. The primary coil above Z, WZ and XZ are 1.3 m and 0.55 m.
has 9000 turns and the secondary has 3500 turns. Calculate the TOTAL pressure being measured. (2 marks)
Calculate:
(c) ,The diameter ofthe manometer is 0.5 cm
(i) the power input of the transformer (i) detennine the volume ofmecury. VM • the right arm ofthe manometer tube
between the levels W and Y. (4 marks)
(ii) the e.m.f. (voltage) induced across the secondary coil.
(6 marks) (ii) Compute the weight, W, of the volume of mercury, VM • (3 marks)

(c) Given the transfonner is 95% efficient, calculate (d) (i) Write down an expression for PM, the pressure in the tube due to the
weight W if A is the cross-sectional area ofthe column. (1 mark)
(i) the power loss in the transformer
(ii) Hence. express Px. the pressure being measured in tenns ofW, A, and
(ii) the current that flows in the secondary coil. (6 marks)
Total 20 marks atmospheric pressure Pa (2 marks)

5. Figure 4 shows a mercury (Hg) V-tube manometer which can be (density ofmercury = 13,600 kg m·3 )
connected to a source of pressure and used to measure its value. (atmospheric pressure "" 100kPa)
(g= 10ms·2 .7t=3.14) Total 20

- END OF TEST-
k.
 PHYSICS PAPER 2 -- JANUARY 2006

General Proficiency - I Y2 Hrs.

2. (a) State the TWO laws ofreflection.
(i) -----------------------------------------------------------------------------­
Answer ALL Questions --------------------------------------------------------------------- (1)
(ii) -----------------------------------------------------------------------------­
1. Three hundred and fifty grams (350 g) of a solid substance, X, is heated -------------------------------------------------------------------- (2)
in an insulated oven at a steady rate. A record of the variation of (b) Figure 1 shows a ray of light AB, incident on the surface of a

temperature as time varies is tabulated below in Table 1. triangular prism.

Table 1 (i) . Draw the path taken by the ray of light AB as it travels through
Temperature 20 50 80 80 80 105 147 the transparent triangular prism shown in Figure 1. 41l­

T/oC (ii) Indicate by labelling, the angle of

,--­
Time 0 100 200 300 400 550 800 a) incidence ~ on the fIrSt boundary

tis ___ c_
b) refraction r, on the first boundary

(a) Using the observation from the Table 1, plot a graph oftemperature
vs time on the graph paper. (your graph should have THREE
straight line sections.) (11)
(b) Detennine the slope of the graph during the frrst 200 s.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------­ (5) Figure 1 (2)

(c) Given that the specific heat capacity of substance X is 1720 J kg -1
K"I, calculate the rate at which heat is supplied to substance X. (c) Light is incident on a glass block ofindex of refraction of 1.5, at
angle of incidence of 45°. Calculate the angle of refraction of the .
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ (5) light.
(d) How much energy is needed to melt substance X completely from its
original temperature of 20 OC?

-------------------------------------------.---------------------------------- (3) --------------------------------------------------------------------------- (4)

(e) Explain the behaviour of substance X between t = 200s and t = 800 (d) Figure 2 shows a waterproof spotlight, spotted! placed underwater so
s. that the light rays it produces are allowed to strike the water's
surface at varying angles of incidence, i.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------- (3) Air

(f) Sketch the cooling curve of substance X if the oven is turned off at
t = 800 s (3) \Vater :~
Total 30 marks
;:..;.;'"
4
I ~

Fig1lft2

PHYS - P2 - JAN 2006 - Page 1 of 3

It'>
....

 (i) Calculate the critical angle in this situation. (c) When the fan and the heater are both in operation, the dryer draws
lOA from the 240 V mains. The fan is using 2A.
(i) Calculate the power used by the fan.
------------------------------------------------------------------- (3)
(ii) Explain what happens to a ray oflight at angle of incidence 68°, ----------------------------------------------------------------------- (3)
(ii) Determine the resistance of the heater.
--------------------------------------------------------------------- (2)
[Refractive index of water = 4/3]
Total 14 marks ------------------------------------------------------------------------ (4)
Total 15 marks

3. (a) An electric hand dryer located in the washroom of an airport has the 4. (a) (i) Define the term 'displacement'.
specifications: 240 Va.c.; 50 Hz; lOA
(i) Fill in the blanks in Table 2 below with the physical quantities ----------------------------------------------------------------------- (2)
associated with the numbers and units given in the (ii) State the SI unit for displacement.
specifications. -------------------------------------------~----------------------------(1)
Table 2 (b) Hurricane Hurry leaves Point A and travels 12 kIn due west at
Specifications Physical Quantities 5 km h,l to Point B. At B, Hurry changes course and speed., and
50Hz travels a further 16 km due north at 3 km h'] to reach Point C.
lOA (i) Draw in the space below, a vector diagram showing this
240 V a.c. movement. (2)
(3)
(ii) What does the abbreviation a.c. stand for?
----------------------------------------------------------------------- (1)
(b) The only electrical components in the dryer are a motor driven fan
and a heater. Draw a circuit diagram showing how you would connect
these components to a 240 V a.c. source so that they can work
INDEPENDENTLY. (4) (ii) Calculate the displacement of Hurricane Hurry from Point A to
Point C.

---------------------------------------------------------------------- (5)'
(iii) Determine the distance Hurricane Hurry travels in moving from
Point A to Point C.
------------------------------------------------------------------------ (1)
(iv) Calculate the average speed of Hurricane Hurry in travelling
from Point A to Point C, in km h,l.

----------------------------------------------------------------------- (4)
Total 15 marks

PHYS - P2 - JAN 2006 ..,. Page 2 of 3

5. (a) State 'Newton's Third Law of Motion' . (e) What would be the force necessary to give the truck the acceleration
you calculated in (c)?
-.--------------------------------------------------------------------- ' (2)
(b) A large truck which has a mass of 9500 kg is parked on a straight ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- (2)
level road. (f) (i) Explain how distance travelled is obtained from a velocity-time
(i) What is the weight of the truck? graph.

---------------------------------------------------------------------- (2) ----------------------------------------------------------------------- (I)

(ii) What is the reaction force exerted by the road on the truck? (ii) Determine the total distance covered by the truck.

(g= ION kg-I)

(c) Figure 3 shows the velocity-time graph for ajoumey completed by ----------------------------------------------------------------------- (2)
the truck mentioned in (b). Total 16 marks

END OF TEST
Velocity!
ms-1

20

10

50 100 200 300 400 500 600 o->u 100 SOO

Ficure 3 Time { s
Calculate the acceleration of the truck during the fIrst 50 seconds.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------- (3)
(d) State 'Newton's Second Law of Motion'
(i) in words

----------------------------------------------------------------------- (2)
(ii) in the form of an equation.

---------------------------------------------------------------------- (I)

PHYS - P2 - JAN 2006 - Page 3 of3

u.-~
 PHYSICS PAPER 3 - JANUARY 2006 [Atmospheric pressure = 1.0 x 1O'Pa]
General Proficiency - 1 Hour (iv) What would be the effect on a if the initial pressure were 2
atmospheres while the temperature remained the same as
Answer ANY THREE Questions before? [12]
Total 20 marks
1. (a) Give a brief account of the Kinetic Theory of Matter and use it to
explain the macroscopic properties of a gas. [8] 2. (a) (i) State TWO differences between the real and virtual images
(b) Figure 1 shows a stopper wide-necked flask in which 5 litres of a gas formed by lenses. [2]
are trapped. A pressure gauge and thermometer pass through the (ii) Describe an experiment to measure the focal length of a
stopper via airtight seals to monitor pressure and temperature of the converging lens. . [6]
gas in the flask. The initial pressure of the gas is 1 atmosphere and (b) Figure 2, drawn to a scale of Icm = 10cm, shows an, object, X - X',
the temperature is 27°C and its image, Y Y', along with the lens, L - 0 - L' which
1bennoml'ter
produces the image.

¥II - I Wide-Necked
FIllsk

.. I 011 Bath

Figure 1
Figure 2
(i) The flask is placed in an oil bath at 127°C and the gas in it
allowed to come to equilibrium with its surroundings. What Vsing the diagram in Figure 2, determine
will be the reading of the pressure gauge? (i) the object distance
(ii) The mass of gas in the beaker is 8 grams and the specific heat (ii) the image distance
of the gas, (at constant volume) is 300 J kg'l K 1• Determine (iii) the magnification [5]
the amount of energy absorbed by the gas. (c) A ray of light in air is incident on a water surface at an angle of 40°.
(iii) Apparatus such as that shown in Figure 1 forms the basis of an Calculate
instrument used to measure temperature in some laboratories (i) the angle ofreflection of this ray
because the pressure indicated is directly proportional to the (ii) the refractive index from air to water.
temperature, (The velocity of light in air = 3.00 x108 m S·l)
(The velocity of light in water = 2.25 x 108 m S·l) [7]
that is, P aT
Total 20 marks
Calculate the value of the constant a for the given initial
conditions.

PHYS - P3 - JAN 2006 - Page 1 of 3

 3. (a) The battery charger for a cellphone consists of a transformer and a 4. (a) (i) Define
diode rectifier. Figure 3 shows a simplified circuit diagram of this a) 'potential energy'
charger connected to a cellphone battery. Explain the operation of b) 'kinetic energy'
this step-down transformer and sketch detailed graphs showing the (ii) Give ONE example of a situation in which EACH of these
voltage wavefonns across terminals X Y and A - B. types of energy exists. [6]
Step.-Down (b) State the principle of the conservation of energy. [2]
-Trlmsformer (c) (i) A pole vaulter of mass 70kg can run at a maximum speed of
xr - - .., . A 10 m S·l as shown in Figure 5.
i e;t"? "I 1 ~
Calculate his MAXIMUM kinetic energy.
r -1- Cell pboae
:}II
-I
I....J j
I T _.J battery
I
yl- __ B
Figure 3
[8]
(b) (i) The transformer in part (a) steps down the mains voltage of
120 V to 9 V. Given that the primary coil has 920 turns,
calculate the number ofturns in the secondary coil.

(ii) A current of 30mA flows in the primary coil. Given that the
transformer is 85% efficient, calculate the current in the
~~ary~. ~
(d) Figure 4 shows a diode testing circuit connected to a test diode.
,..-----
I Lamp I Figure 5

~ tJ_D~'
I
I (ii) He performs his vault with perfect efficiency so that his
I
kinetic energy is completely converted to potential energy.
I
Show that he will be able to vault a height of 5 metres.
L _ I
(iii) a) The world record for the pole vault is 6.14 metres. Identify
Dioden.ter
the factor which could account for this discrepancy
Figure 4
between the 6.14 metre world record and the height of 5
metres shown in (ii) above.
The diode is first connected in the forward-biased direction as shown and b) Show how the result is improved when it is taken into
then in the reverse biased direction. The lamp glows in both cases. account.
Explain this observation and deduce whether the diode is defective- or (iv) Is there a limit to the height which a human being can achieve
not. by pole vaulting? Explain your answer. Compare high
Discuss whether this circuit would be useful as a diode tester if the jumping and pole vaulting in terms of energy transformation
battery were replaced by an a.c. source. [4] and hence suggest a reason why high jumpers do not achieve
Total 20 marks the same range of heights as pole vaulters. [12]

PHYS - P3 - JAN 2006 - Page 2 of 3

*>
....
[g acceleration due to gravity = 10m
[Assume that the average height of the centre of gravity of a person is
approximately 1 metre.]
Total 20 marks

5. (a) The standard notation for specifying a nuclide X, may be written

~ X . Explain the meaning of A and Z and write an equation which
explains their relationship to the neutron number N. [3]
(b) Define the terms (i) 'isotope' (ii) 'radioisotope'. Identify TWO
properties of radioisotopes which contribute to their usefulness in
medicine and agriculture. [5]
(c) Determine the distribution of electrons in the atom of Si andi:
draw a labelled diagram showing this distribution. [4]
(d) Develop the nuclear equation representing the fusion of two
(i
deuterium ( ~ H) nuclei to form a helium nucleus He ). The
atomic masses ofdeuterium and helium are as given below.
Determine the energy released in this nuclear fusion.

,-­

Substance Symbol Atomic Mass

Deuterium 2H 2.014102 u
1

4H
Helium 2 4.00263 u
(8)
( Velocity oflight c 3 x 108 m S·l )
Total 20 marks

END OF TEST

PHYS - P3 - JAN 2006 - Page 3 of 3

 PHYSICS - PAPER 2 - JANUARY 2005
GENERAL PROFICIENCY 1 Yz hours MASS l~Fl
Answer all questions. 1\:1 F2
Very
] . Figure] below shows a hunting slingshot which is used to shoot lead balls small
over considerable distances. angle

Figure 2
Given that M 5 x 10- 2 kg, estimate the force in EACH elastic band and
justify your answer.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _n n u ------------------------------ [3 J
Figure 1 (d) In one particular model of slingshot a pull of 70 N will extend the elastic
band from an initial length of 0.3 metres to 0.6 metres. Calculate the
(a) The dynamics of such a slingshot were investigated by using a high speed constant of proportionality of the elastic band.
camera to photograph the motion involved in a typical shot Some
measurements of distance s travelled by the shot, and t, the time elapsed ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- [3 J
since release of the shot, were obtained from these photographs and (e) Identify the energy transformations involved in the following phases of
recorded in Table 1. firing the slingshot.
Table 1 (i) Pulling the elastic band.
--------------------------------------------------------------------­ [1 J
Time t(ms)
Distance
s (cm) .
r(ms)2 (ii) Immediately after release of the shot.
­
_____ u -------------------------- [1 J
0.0 0.00
2.0 i lJO (f) After release, the lead shot travels freely through the air.
4.0 3.80 What TWO kinds of energy does it have?
6.0 8.22 (i) ------------------------------------------------------------------­
(ii) ----------------------- n________________________________ [1 J
8.0 14.40
Tota130 marks
10.0 22.00
2. (a) Sound is produced by vibrating systems.
(i) Calculate corresponding values of (2 and complete Table 1. [3J Complete Table 2 below by identifying the part of the instrument that
(ii) Use the data in the table to plot a graph of s against i on graph
vibrates to produce its sound.
paper. [10J
(b) (i) Determine A, the slope of your graph, in ms- 2 •
Table 2
[5J Musical
­
u --------------------
Vibrating System
Instrument
(ii) The slope A represents the acceleration of the lead shot. Calculate Steelpan
the force required to give a lead shot this acceleration given that the
Tuning fork
shot has a mass of 5 x 10- 2 kg. .
Drum
­
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ u -------------------- [3J Flute
(c) Figure 2 shows a simplified model ofthe slingshot in which it is assumed Guitar . \

that the forces exerted by the elastic bands are constant. [5]

PHYSJAN 200S-Page 1 of6

t,+\.
 (b) The following is a brief description of how a student estimated the speed (iii) What other device could be used in its place?
of sound in air.
Standing at a distance d, 100 m from a large wall, I clapped my (b) (i) Determine the current flowing through component X when BOTH
hands, increasing in frequency until each clap just coincided with the electric iron AND the bulb are in operation.
each echo heard.
The time for 50 claps was measured and used to compute the round ------------------------------------------------------------------------ [4]
trip time t. The speed of sound was then calculated using distance d (ii) Three samples of component X, rated at 2.0A, 5.0A, 7.5A are
and the round trip time t. available. Which one is BEST suited for use in the given circuit?
(i) Why did he stand 100 m away from the wall instead of 10 m? ------------------------------------------------------------------- [1 ]
--------------------------------------------------------------------- [1 ] (iii) The iron and the bulb were both in operation for 3 hours and the
(ii) Why were 50 claps used instead of 1 clap? cost of electricity was $0.45 per unit. Calculate the cost of the
­
_________________________________________________ n ----------- [1 ]
electricity consumed.
(iii) Write an expression for speed of sound, in terms of d and t.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------- [4]
Total 15 marks
(c) During a recent thunderstorm, a clap ofthunder was heard 12.5 s after the
lightning flashed. The speed of sound is 340 ms- 1 in air. How many 4. (a) Complete the following table relating fundamental quantities, their base
kilometres away was the lightning strike? units and their standard SI symbols.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------ [4] Fundamental Quantity Base Unit SI symbol

Total 15 marks
Current
3. Figure 3 shows a simplified circuit diagram of part ofthe electrical wiring in a Temperature
home. The electric iron is connected into the circuit through a plug. Length
Mass
, .~~~

x (b) A regular solid has uniform cross-sectional area A, height H, and mass M.
In terms of A, H, and M, write expressions for
its volume -------------------------------------------..,---------------- [1]
150 W bulb (ii) its density _m________________________________________________________ [1]
(c) Figure 4 (page 6) shows a plan of a plot of land, drawn to scale, on 1cm
graph paper. The shaded area represents a dwelling house.
(i) On the plan, what distance does I cm represent?
O.75kW [1]
2
electric (ii) On the plan, what area in m2 does I cm represent?
iron
------------------------------------------------------------------------­ [1 ]
(iii) Use the given dimensions in Figure 4 to detennine, in m 2, the land
Figure 3 area outside the house.
(a) (i) Identify the component labelled X.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------- [5]
(ii) Explain the operation of the component X'and give the reason why (d) What volume of topsoil, in cubic metres, would be required to uniformly
it is used. cover the area outside the house to a depth of 15 cm?
---------------------------------------------"t----------------------------------- . [2]
----------------------------------------------------------------------- [4] Total 15 marks

PHYS JAN 2005 - Page 2 of 6

 5. (a) Complete the following table based on the structure of an atom. PHYSICS - PAPER 3 - JANUARY 2005

GENERAL PROFICIENCY - 1 hour

Particle Symbol Polarity of Charge Answer any THREE questions.

Electron - 1. (a) (i) State Charles' law and the general gas law.
Proton (ii) Explain, using the kinetic theory, why the pressure in a gas
Neutron ~~-
increases if it is compressed at constant temperature. [8]
Alpha
(b) Figure 1 below shows part of the apparatus in which dry air is trapped
in a container of uniform bore, fitted with a thermometer and an
(b) A radioisotope Iodine - 131, has a half life of 8 days. If administered to a electric heater. A pressure gauge, metre rule, pump and a valve are
patient, what fraction of it will remain in the patient's body after 24 days? also shown.
------------------------------------------------------u_________________________
[3]
(c) (i) If the sun loses mass at a rate of 4.0 x 109 kg S-I, calculate the power
of the sun.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ u uu_u_____ [4]
16
(ii) The total power received by the earth's surface is 1.79 x 10 W.
What portion ofthe total power of the sun does this represent?

(Speedoflight 3.0 x 108ms- l )

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ u ----------------­ [2]
Total 15 marks

Figure 1
(i) Given that the electric heater is rated at 1600 watts, calculate the
heat energy it will deliver to the dry air in half an hour.
(ii) The dry air is initially at a temperature of 19°C and a pressure of
105kPa. The heater is turned on for a certain period and the
temperature rises to 95°C while the volume is increased to one
and a quarter times its original value. Calculate the final pressure.
(iii) Explain how you would attempt to keep pressure constant while
investigating Charles' law. [12]
Total 20 marks

PHYS JAN 2005 - Page3 of 6

'-\-7
...

2. (a) Figure 2 below shows the apparatus for a Young's double slit (i) In your answer booklet copy Table 1 and complete it showin-gthe­
experiment. displacements of the waves at common points and the sum of the
displacements.
vertical vertical Table 1
Single Double
Filter Slit Slit Screen Points Displacement Displacement Sum of
of Wave A ofWaveB Displacements of
I
t[
Wave A and Wave--­
B

=:]Lamp
I
t2
13
-~

14
t5
Figure 2 --­

(ii) In your answer booklet draw a graph of displacement against

(i) Explain the function of the filter, the vertical single slit and the
time, showing the sum ofthe displacements of points tl to ts
vertical double slit, stating why EACH of these is necessary.
against time.
Describe the pattern that would be seen on the screen. (8)
(iii) What type of interference does this waveform depict? (8)
(b) The wave patterns of two waves are shown in the graphs below.
(c) In certain medium, light has a wavelength of5.0 x 10-7 and a speed of
Displacement 1.8 x 108 m S-l. Calculate the wavelength and frequency of this same
fcm
light when passing through another medium where its speed is 1.5 x
1.0 108 ms· l • [4]
Total 20 marks
0.5
3. (a) Define
oI ..' l \ • ~ timets
(i) 'kinetic energy'
'linear momentum' (2)
-0.5
(b) State the law of conservation of
-1.0 (i) linear momentum
(ii) energy (3)
Displacement (c) An object is suspended at rest some distance above the surface of the
fern
earth and then allowed to free-fall to the ground under gravity. Identify
1.0 the forms of energy it possesses
(i) when it is at rest above the surface of the earth

0.5 . when it is in the middle of its fall

(iii) at the instant it touches the ground. (3)

I \" l \ J ". timets (d) In the process of pile driving, a heavy weight falls from a great height
onto a concrete or steel column, called a 'pile'. The pile is driven into
-0.5 the earth where it can become part of the foundation of a very tall
building.
-1.0 To model the process, a short steel fylinder of mass 100 kg, and whose
length can be neglected, is made to fall freely from a height ]5 m
above the top of a steel rod of mass 15 kg which is sharpened at the
PHYS JAN 2005 - Page 4 of 6
 bottom end. Initially the rod is held in place so that it just makes (ii) the heating power deliveredto the loud speaker. .. [6]
contact with the thick block of wood. After the steel cylinder falls on (c) If the loudspeaker is operating at an efficiency of 0.5%, calculate the
the rod, the rod is driven into the block of wood. sound power produced. [4]
(d) Another identicalloudspeak.er is placed parallel with the first.
Deduce (no calculation required) the effect which this change would
have on the total power delivered by the amplifier. [2]
oE--- Steel cylinder Total 20 marks
mass = 100 kg

5. The graph below shows the voltage wavefonn of an a.c. power supply.
Voltage (V)

156
15m

r .il ..../ .....\ .J iJ'» Time (ms)

-156
In a laboratory demonstration a teacher placed this power supply in series
( Wooden block
with a resistor and a semiconductor diode.

(a) (i) Draw the circuit diagram of this arrangement and describe the
(i) Calculate the potential energy of the steel cylinder with respect to
operation of the diode.
the top of then steel rod. Hence compute the speed of the
(ii) Draw a graph showing how the voltage across the resistor varies
cylinder just before it hits the rod.
with time.
(ii) Given that the rod and cylinder move together after the impact,
(iii) What is the difference between this type of d.c. and that from a
calculate the instantaneous velocity of the combined body
battery? (8]
immediately after impact.
(b) (i) Detennine the period and frequency of the a.c. power supply.
(iii) Frictional force brings the rod and cylinder to rest after the rod
(ii) If the voltage across the diode is O.7V and the resistor has a value
has been driven 0.05m into the block of wood.
of 3.8 kQ, calculate the MAXIMUM voltage across the resistor
Calculate the magnitude of the frictional force.
and the corresponding MAXIMUM value of the current flowing in
(Neglect any changes in potential energy occurring after the
the circuit. [7]
collision.) (12]
(c) Many modem electronic appliances require a low d.c. voltage to
Total 20 marks
operate, and to satisfy this requirement the input a.c. voltage of 156 V
may be transformed before rectification. A transfonner to be used for
4. (a) (i) Draw a clear, fully labelled diagram of a moving-coil loudspeaker.
this purpose has 648 turns on the primary. If the secondary voltage
(ii) Using your diagram to give a brief e>;.planation of how the
required from the transformer is 6V, calculate the number of turns of
loudspeaker converts electrical signals to sound. (8]
the secondary circuit, assuming the transformer to be ideal.
(b) An amplifier supplies a signal of 40 V to a loudspeaker coil of
If the transformer is non-ideal, explain how this would affect the
resistance 8Q. Calculate
output voltage. t [5]
(i) the current drawn by the loudspeaker coil
Total 20 marks
PHYS JAN 2005 - Page 5 of 6
*K
III..
Figure 4

 PHYSICS PAPER 2 - JANUARY 2004

(f) Find the value of the forces on the bob when it is in theequiU~Iium po~ij:LQ!h_~ _
GENERAL PROFICIENCY - 1 'h hrs

I. You are to spend no more than 'h hour on this question. ._ (3 marks)
The time for 20 oscillations of a simple pendulum was measured as its length, Total 3 I marks
I. was varied. The results are tabulated below
Time for 20 oscillations tis 18.8 24.4 31.0 36.4 40.0 43.2 2(a) Solar radiation at the earth's surface consists mainly of electromagnetic wave
Length Vm 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 in the wavelength range 0.3 J.lID to 3.0 J.lID. Name the THREE types of
Period TIs
electromagnetic radiation whose wavelengths lie within this range.
-v'1 In 'f,
-_ __............_-_ ..._------------------------........_------------ ........... _------_
. ...... . ......_-------_ ...........

Table I
------------...---------------------------------------...----_...---- ..-------------­
(a)(i) Complete Table I above. (4 marks)
(3 marks)
(ii) Explain why it is better to measure twenty timed oscillations instead of one

(b) Name ONE type of electromagnetic radiation whose wavelength is

oscillation.

(i) less than 0.3 J.lID

(1 mark)
(1 mark)
(b) Use the data in the table to plot a graph of;7 against T. (9 marks) (ii) greater than 3.0 JIm.
(c) Find the slope, S, ofyour graph.
(1 mark)
(c) Name ONE property which these three types of radiation have in common.
(5 marks)
Jif (1 mark)
(d) Given that 6.28 S, where g is the acceleration due to gravity, find g. (d) Calculate the frequency of electromagnetic radiation of wavelength 1.5 JIm.

(2 marks) (Velocity of electromagnetic waves in vacuum = 3 x 10' mls)

(e) The mass ofthe bob is 130g and the length of the pendulum is 1.2 m. The
maximum vertical displacement of the bob above its equilibrium position is
1.8 cm. (3 marks)
(i) Calculate its potential energy at this point. (e) A monochromatic (single wavelength) beam of light enters a glass block

whose refractive index is 1.5. Calculate the velocity of light in the block.

(3 marks)
(ii) a) On the diagram of a simple pendulum shown in Figure 1, indicate, by (3 marks)
drawing arrows, the forces acting on the bob. (2 marks) Total 12 marks
/
3(a)(i) Draw a circuit diagram showing two resistors R 1 and Rz in series with a
battery.

~: - - - "fUcm ,. ,,/
(1 mark)
........ _-±_-""",..".
(ii) Write down an expression for the equivalent resistance ofthis combination
Figure 1
b) Name the forces by labelling them on the diagram in Figure 1_ (2 marks)
-------
----------------------------...------------------­
(1 mark)
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2004 Page 1 of 4
t-\-q
 (b)(i) Draw a circuit diagram showing two resistors R 1 and ~ in parallel with a
(ii) Name TWO metals that could be used to make a bimetallic strip:
battery

(2 marks)
Total 19 marks

4(a) State Newton's Third Law of Motion.

(2 marks)
(1 mark) (b) Define the moment of a force and state its SI unit.
(ii) Write down an expression for the equivalent resistance of this combination.

(I mark) (3 marks)
(c)(i) A set of Christmas lights, consisting of 100 identical bulbs rated at 1.0 W (c) Figure 3 shows a wheeled suitcase, of weight W, supported in the. stationary
arranged in series, is connected to the 110 V mains. Calculate the voltage position shown by applying a vertical force Y at the towing handle.
across EACH bulb.

(2 marks)
(ii) If all the bulbs are ON at the same time, calculate the current through EACH
bulb.

(4 marks)
(iii) Calculate the resistance ofone of these bulbs.
Figure 3
The mass of the suitcase is 25 kg. By taking moments about the wheel,
calculate the magnitude of the force Y.
(3 marks)
(d) A bimetallic strip may be used to make the lights switch on and offrepeatedly.
A schematic of such an arrangement is shown in Figure 2.
r----~..!!f!~----., (6 marks)
~ (d) An additional horizontal force X is applied a- the towing handle so that the
D-Cl~ E~-------------- ,I suitcase begins to move in a horizontal direction.
Deduce the relationship between the force X and the horizontal frictional force
I...--..B
at the point of contact with the ground when the suitcase
I (i) is moving at constant speed
c Figure 2
(i) Identity the components labelled A, B, C and D. I,.,l mv maIDs (I mark)
A-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------­ (ii) is accelerating.
B..;------------------------·-----------------------------------------------------­
C-··-------------------------·----------------....:-------·-..-------------.----------.­ (l mark)
D-----------------------------------------------------------------.--------------­ Total 13 marks
(4 marks)
I
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2004 - Page 2 of 4
5(a) Define specific heat capacity and state the relationship between heat capacity PHYSICS PAPER 3 - JANUARY 2004

and specific heat capacity. GENERAL PROFICIENCY - Ihr

1(a)(i) Derme the following terms.

(3 marks) a) Kinetic energy
(b) 1.5 kg ofwater initially at 19°C is heated at 45°C Calculate the amount of heat b) Gravitational potential energy
energy supplied to the water. (ii) Write the equations used to calculate these quantities. [4]
(Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 J kg010CI) (b) Describe and explain a physical situation when kinetic energy is transferred to
potential energy or the reverse. [4]
(c) Vertical Wall-
1
i
(4 marks) m I
(c) Derme specific latent heat of vaporisation
If'
I
6

(2 marks)
(d) An electric kettle rated at 2.5kW contains l.4kg of water. The kettle is 4 - - - - f-----­

switched on and brings the water to boil. Calculate the time taken to convert
the entire amount of water in the kettle to steam after it begins to boil. :1
(Specific latent heat of vaporisation = 2.26 x 106 Jlkg) IA
o
o :1 4 6 8 10 m-+
Figure 1
Starting at 0, an insect of mass 0.01 kg crawls along the base and then up a
ol
tiled wall as shown in the diagram at a constant speed of 0.02 ms •
(6 marks) (i) What is the total distance travelled by the insect?
Total 15 marks (ii) How long does the insect take to crawl from 0 to C?
END OF TEST (iii) Calculate the magnitude ofthe displacement of the insect and its kinetic

energy.

(iv) Calculate the change in potential energy between 0 and C. [12]

Total 20 marks

2(a)(i) Draw a labelled diagram of a thermocouple thermometer and explain how it

works.
(ii) List TWO advantages of a thermocoup1e thermometer over a mercury-in-glass
thermometer. [8]
(b) Water initially at 30°C enters a shower head and is heated by.a coil rated at"

1200 Was shown in Figure 2.___ __-..;:-e:­ 3d'c

-­
. -

Shower

bead

Hot
".ter~,' , ,:
t 1
··
··
, I

,, -,, Figure 2
PHYS - P2 + P3 JAN 2004 - Page 3 of 4
50
 A kilogram of water flows through the shower each minute. Calculate the exit
Figure 4
temperature of the water assuming that all the heat is transferred from the
(i) Determine the value ofthe current which flows in the circuit.
heating coil to the water.
(ii) Suppose the resistor R were replaced by a short thick piece of conductor. What
(Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 J kg·loC I ) [8]
current flow would you expect? Hence deduce a reason for including R in the
(c) List TWO advantages and TWO disadvantages of this type of heater over a circuit.
solar water heater. [4] (iii) What current would you expect if the diode were reverse biased?
Total 20 marks (iv) The d.c. source in the circuit above is replaced by an alternating voltage source
of amplitude 9V and frequency 50 Hz. Sketch a labelled diagram of the current
3(a) Describe with the aid of a sketch the Young's double slit experiment. Sketch through the circuit. [12]
OR describe the interference pattern seen. What did Young deduce from this Total 20 marks
experiment? [6]
(b) State and explain the effect on the interference pattern of the following: 5(a) Describe the Geiger-Marsden experiment and state the conclusions about the
(i) White light is used as the source structure of the atom which can be deduced from the results of this
(ii) One slit is covered with an opaque material experiment. [8]
(iii) Apiece of glass is placed in front of one slit (b) Sketch the shell model of a Carbon -14 atom. Carbon -14 decays by emitting a
(iv) The slit separation is reduced [6] beta particle. Write the nuclear equation for this process. [4]
(c) Explain the difference between the interference pattern produced by fed light (c) One ofthe simplest fusion reactions involves the production of deuterium
?
and that produced by green light. [3]
(HI) from a neutron and proton.
(d)
Dispiaumebt
0.1 ill
I I 2
HI +no --HI +0

r 41:\ /.. \.~ A \ ) Time

<IllS)
How much energy is released in this reaction?
1 1
HI = 1.007825 u n o = 1.008665 u
?
Hi =2.014102u lu= 1.6605 x 10.27 kg [8]
Figure 3 Total 20 marks
(i) What is the frequency of this wave? END OF TEST
(ii) Sketch the curve of another wave of the same frequency and phase, but twice
the amplitude. [5]
Total 20 marks

4(a)(i) State TWO differences between alternating current and direct current.
(ii) Most. electronic circuits require low voltage d.c. power for proper operation. If
they are to utilise an alternating current,(a.c.) source then conversion from a.c.
to d.c. must be done. State the THREE steps involved in this conversion and in
each case give an example of a" device which may be used. [8]
(b) The diagram below shows a circuit used to investigate a diode.
R

9V I

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2004 - Page 4 of 4

 CKC PHYSICS PAPER 2 - JANUARY 2003 (n) The results ofthis experiment can be used to verify Boyle'5
GENERAL PROFICIENCY - 1 Y2 brs Boyle's Law as clearly and as completely as you can.

1.
... ,
L
10

\10
Flat plate

i I. l'tUftle1'
(ill) State TWO precautions that Boyle's Law suggests for this f
o
__.... ..._M _

an
.
L::':~H---- Piston

'''; II Trappm ps

(c)(i) The piston has a radius of2.5 em. Calculate its area in m2 •
'M •• • . . . • • _

l==il ~ Sealed bottom of pump

Figure 1
A bicycle pump is modified by replacing the handle with a flat plate (n) Calculate the pressure applied to the trapped mass ofgas w
onto which masses can be placed. The plate carries an attached pointer of 100 kg rests on the flat plate.
that is next to a vertical scale as shown in Figure 1. The bottom of the
pump is sealed so that a fixed mass of gas is trapped inside. Initially
masses, M, are added to the flat plate wtil the pointer reaches the 5 em
mark. The masses are then removed in steps, the trapped gas expands To
and drives up the piston. increasing the upward displacement L.
.Corresponding values ofL and M are recorded in the table below. 2(a) Explain what is meant by the term lelectric current' and give
(Assume the temperature of the gas is kept constant tbroughou.t the experiment) for an electric current.
TABLE 1
MusM(lgr\ 118 48.0 25.0 13.0 6.00 2.00
Dill Lfcm) 5.00 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0
!(cm-1)
L
(b) Figure 2 shows the internallayollt of a torchlight (flashligh1
! electrical circuit.
(a)(i) Calculate corresponding values of L and complete Table 1. (4 mks)
Cell
1
(n) Plot M vs 1 on graph paper. (9 marks)
1.5V

Determine
(ill) ____• •
the slope, S, ofthe~ graph and
~_w ~
give• •its unit. • ._._. . . . . . _

Copper strip Copper strip

Reslstanco or bulb
(4 marks) 7
(b)(i) What is the value ofL when M =::: O?
_ _ _ M WM. . .- . - _ .

(2 marks)
_

-~

supply [-: •

Figure 2
Q

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2003 - Page 1 of 5

S\

 · (i) In the space below draw the circuit symbol used to represent one of (b) P- particles move at much greater speeds than a - particles but cause--··_~
these cells. much less ionization when passing through air. Give TWO reasons
why this is so.

(1 mark) (2 marks)
(c) Radon is a naturally occurring gas which has a halflife of 54 seconds.
(ii) State the type of energy conversion which takes place in these cells. (i) What fraction of a sample of this gas is left after 108 seconds.

(1 mark)
(2 marks)
(iii) The component labelled Q is used to connect the copper strips thereby (ii) Calculate the time that will elapse before only t. ofthe original sample
completing a closed circuit. Name this component. remains.

(l mark)
(3 marks)
(c) The voltage ofeach cell is 1.5 V and the bulb has a resistance of 6.0. 222
(i) Calculate the current flowing in the circuit. (d)(i) A nucleus ofthe radioactive isotope 86 Rn emits an a - particle when it
decays into a nucleus ofthe element Po. Complete the equation
representing this event by writing in the nucleon and proton numbers.
(3 marks) ~ Rn _ Po + He

(ii) How much energy is delivered to the bulb in 12 minutes? -------------------------------------------------------------------------~ -----------
(2 marks)
Total 15 marks

Total ~5::-~ 14(a)(i) ~~_:~~~_~~~:_~~_~~~~~!~ of:.~:. ._. _

3(a) Describe the nature and origin of the following particles: (1 mark)
(i) a - particle: (ii) List TWO features that are characteristic of a phase change.

(3 marks)
(2 marks)
(ii) fJ - particle: (iii) Ice initially at _5°C is heated until steam is formed. Sketch a graph
------..---------------------------------------------._--~------------------ -------- showing how the temperature ofthe ice would vary with time.
(3 marks)

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2003 - Page 2 of 5

(4 marks)
 (b)(i) 200g ofcrushed ice at -5°C is heated until it JUST reaches O°C.
Calculate the heat required for this process. (b) Suppose the supply voltage were 220 V dc. and the electric stove and
light bulb are rated at 1500 W and 150 W respectively.
(i) Select ONE fuse of correct rating for the electric stove from the list
(4 marks) below and explain your choice.
l.0A, 2A, lOA, 15A
(li) More heat is added at ooC until it is completely converted to water.
Calculate-the amount ofheat that is added during the heating process.

(5 marks)
(Specific Heat Capacity ofIce = 2100 J kg }("l)
(Specific Latent Heat of Ice = 3.34 x lOs J kg-l) (3 marks) (ii) Calculate the TOTAL current drawn from the supply ifBOTH

Total 14 marks appliances are being operated.

5.

(4 marks)

Electric\ly (ill) Explain TWO reasons why alternating current is MORE suitable than
supply
Electric Light direct current for country-wide distribution of electricity.
stove bulb

(2 marks)
Figure 3. Total 16 marks
(a) Figure 3 shows two household appliances connected in parallel to the END OF TEST
electricity supply.
(i) Give TWO advantages of connecting electrical appliances in parallel.

(2 marks)

(li) Explain the pmpose ofthe fuses.

(2 marks)

(ill) In connecting the stove, an earth wire is also used. State its function.

(I mark)

PHYS P2 + P3 - JAN 2003 - Page 3 of 5

7)
 CXC PHYSICS PAPER 3 - JANUARY 2003
2(a)(i) State Archimedes' principle.
GENERAL PROFICIENCY - I hr
(ii) Describe with the aid of a diagram a laboratory experiment to verify
thisprincipre. (8nuuk~
1(a) Explain what is meant by EACH ofthe following terms when applied
to a wave in a medium: (b) A block of volume 2 x 10-4 m3 and density 104 kg m·3 is suspended
(i) A progressive wave from·a spring balance and fully immersed in a liquid of density 103 kg
·3
(ii) A pulse m.
(iii) A longitudinal wave (i) a) Calculate the weight of the block and the upthrust on it when it
(iv) A transverse wave (8 marks) is fully immersed in the liquid.
b) Use your results todetermine the reading of the spring balance
(b) Some ships employ sound waves for determining the depth ofwater
when the block is fully immersed in the liquid.
below them. (see Figure I)
(ii) What is the density ofthe resulting liquid if 1 litre of the above liquid
is completely mixed with 2 litres of another liquid of density 900 kg
o3
m ? (12 marks)
(g, acceleration of gravity = 10 ms·2)
_ _ _ _ ShIp
Tota120 marks
Hull (bottom of ship)
3(aXi) Define 'convection' and list THREE differences between convection
and radiation.
-----
£::j. UJar-Die tnmsmit1er/ruelver

__ - _ ....".......-- Reflected WlIVe

(ii) Draw a simple diagram showing how the direction of sea breezes is
determined by convection. (8 marks)
-----
-----
- - - - - - Tnmsmllted waye
(b) Figure 2 shows across section of a solar air heater. The principles of
its operation are similar to those of a solar water heater.
?/////~~~~//////
Figure 1
These sound waves have frequencies above the range of the human
ear and are therefore called ultrasonic. A short pulse of such a sound
if1
C.. \
is emitted by the transmitter. It travels to the ocean floor and is [_ 1
'echoed' back to a receiver close to the transmitter. The depth ofthe
ocean can then be determined from the time that elapses between the
transmission and reception of the pulse.
(i) What difficulty will be encountered ifthe transmitter were to send a
continnous sound wave? (3 marks)
(ii) Why it is necessary for ~ transmitter to use pulses of sound?
(2 marks) (i) What are the functions of

a) the glass?

(c)(i) The ultrasonic transmitter has a frequency of40 kHz and the wave b) the coconut fibre'?

velocity is 1500 ms-I . What is its wavelength? (3 marks) c) the blackened aluminium sheet?

(ii) The time taken for the echo to return is 200 ms, calculate the depth of (il) Explain how the physical properties of these materials make them
~o~ ~m~~ especially suitable for these functions. (7 marks)
Total 20 marks .,
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2003 - Page 4 of 5

. I
...~.
 (c) Air enters the heater at 30°C and leaves at 100°C. Calculate the (li) The d.c. supply is replaced by an a.c. supply what would be the
energy absorbed by 0.1 kg of air as it passes through the heater. motion ofthe bar magnet. "" (12 markS)' ---­
(Specific heat capacity of air = 1040 J kg'l 1("1) (3 marks) Total 20 marks
(d) List TWO methods by which the temperature ofthe air leaving the
heater can be increased. (2 marks) 5(a)(i) Define the terms 'work', 'energy' and 'power'.
Total 20 marks (li) Distinguish between kinetic and gravitational potential energy.
(8 marks)
4(a) Figure 3 below shows a simple d.c. motor connected in a circuit.
'. -'--)1-:11.
Coli \ ~rl
(b) Figure 5 below shows a body of mass 6 kg moving at constant
_....- - - . 0 3
velocity along a horizontal, frictionless plane. When it reaches point
A, a constant horizontal force is applied until it reaches point B. The
force is then removed and the body travels up a smooth inclined plane
BC until it comes to rest at C.

/ Brush
Brush -"

s
Figure 3
Use the figure to explain how the motor is able to rotate continuously.
(8 marks)

(b) Suppose a bar magnet is mounted so that it can rotate between the
poles ofan electromagnet as shown in Figure 4. The switch S is
initially open.
Figure 5
Given that the velocity at A is 15 mls and that the distance AB is
110 m and the force applied between A and B is 37.5 N
.... I Pivot
Calculate
(i) the work done by the force and hence the average power exerted over
this distance ifthe force acts for 4 seconds
(li) the kinetic energy at B
(iii) the vertical height of C above B. (12 marks)
Total 20 marks

D,C. Supply S END OF TEST

I 11---.,1 ~

Figure 4

(i) Describe and explain in detail the motion ofthe magnet when the
switch S is closed.
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2003 Page 5 of 5

$;'
 CXC PHYSICS PAPER 2 - JANUARY 2002 (e) By how much would the ball compress the spring if it were

GENERALPROmCmNCY-l%hn placed (NOT DROPPED) on the platform?

You should not spend more than 30 minutes on this question.

1 A 10kg steel ball falls H metres from rest on to a light platform
fastened to a spring below it. The maximum displacement, x, of (4 marks)
the platform from its equilibrium position is measured and
recorded. The procedme is repeated for different values ofH (t) The graph you plotted in part.(b) is obtained by assuming that
and the results tabulated below. the kinetic energy of the ball at the moment of impact is totally
converted to potential energy stored in the spring.
Height H f metres 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 Identify the error involved in this assumption.
Displacement i!fcm" 324 250 196 157 112 49.0
Impact velocity v"t m" s-z

(a) By equating the kinetic energy at the moment of impact with the (1 mark)
change in potential energy of the ball we find that the velocity,
v, at impact, is related to the initial height by (g) What height should the ball fall from in order to displace the .
v=~20H :. Y%=20H
platform by 10 cm?
Use this relationship to complete the table (2 marks)
--------..--------------- . ­
(b) On a graph page, plot a graph of the square of the displacement,
x2, against the square ofthe impact velocity, Y. (4 marks)
(9 marks)
(h) Calculate the potential energy lost by the ball before coming to
(c) Find the slope, S ofthe graph. rest after the impact in part (g).

(3 marks)
(5 marks) Total 30 marks

(d) Given that the spring constant k = !!! N m-1, fmd k. 2(a)(i) State TWO differences between sound waves and
S electromagnetic waves.

(2 narks)
(2 marks)

PHYS P2 + P3 - JAN 2002 - Page 1 of 6

 (ii) Relate the terms "pitch" and "loudness" to the physical
(ii) Is this frequency in the audible range? Justify your answer.
properties of a sound wave.

(l mark)
(speed ofsound in air = 330 mls)
(2 marks) Total 16 marks

(iii} Describe an experiment to show that sound does not travel in a 3(a) FJ
vacuum. , j CA) 1)010<), i I

J1V
-=
_uIa.-=-
IacI-IICid
]Ow 60W z,cw

(7 marks)

(b) SIde HncI Park

lip... liP'" ........
•• w-· • we •
• • .. ... :; . : . '!
110

. : ; .. , . . ."
.:.... .:...

:,.;.......:.:......
..

:~.... .:~ ~
..
:;. III

•
.. :;
Figure 2
• •• ":!'. ... ..::. ... .. .;. • .;.... .;",.... .~ V .331 uris (i) Figure 2 shows a very simplified wiring diagram of part of an
. • .." ";.~.....
.'. .". . ".. . .;.,....
. .}~ • ., • :11."" • ,_,.... • :,
·i·.. :,... ,., > automobile electrical system. Calculate the effective resistance
-60 •.10 • JO 60 90 DllCaan
• caw ofthe headlights.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------~.-----
Figure 1
Figure 1 shows how a sound wave travelling through a long, (3 marks)
air-filled tube sets up a periodic pattern of rarefraction and
compression. (ii) Compute the magnitude ofthe current, I, when all three sets of
lights are on.
(i) Determine for this sound wave the ----------------------------------
a) wavelength

(1 mark) (5 marks)
b) frequency,
(iii) Explain the function ofthe fuse, FI, in Figure 2.

(3 marks)
(l mark)

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2002 - Page 2 of 6

5"\
~
 (iv) Iffuses are available in only SA, IDA, and ISA denominations, (li) Why is energy released in the nuclear fission process?
select a fuse rating for Fl. Explain your selection. ------------------------------------------------------
. ---------------------------------..._---­
(1 mark)
--....---.-----------_..-----------------------------------------------------~
(2 marks) (c) The graph in Figure 3 shows the activity ofIodine -131 et31 I)

observed over a 36-day period. 53

(bXi) State TWO advantages of connecting all electrical devices in .......,/llot

--I_.'
parallel with the battery.
------ . . . -. . . . . .__• • -----w ____
t
-----------------------------------------------------------------------,_.------..
,.
-----_.------------------------------------------------------------------------------­
(2 marks)

(ii) Give TWO reasons why a dry cell may NOT be used in place of
the lead accumulator battery used in cars
I.
,.

,.

---------... ------_.-._-------.-._------------------------------------------------~
••
----..-----------------'!"'---------------------_._­ J.
----------------------~--------------------------------.-----------------------------
(2 marks) I.
lli,~ m!~Illl/if ~ii ~II i i rITllilii
Total IS marks I!III Ii ~r1411 J!UH! IIllIi llii!
,. 1111· m n
rllB I Ill! I! i Hili\! i lit It Ii ; Iii; ;ITt1
4(a) Explain the meaning ofBACH ofthe following: I .4 .1 U t i l i " d l.lfl:'llli I.,: '.11 I.JlII 1.~111 .IJ.~
I
II , .. I .! 1111111 UINnJoI.......".,.

(i) Radioactivity
II : !\ 'I j 1'1 !l,tlll I 11 ~ ilPHii
----------------------------------------------------------------------------_.....-.-­ · . I I';.1 II' IIj!ll.!li
1
iH1 i ,..II I. '::1
1=,Ill:
---...---_..------------------------------------------------_.-----------------~
(2 marks) II 11111 ililli tI II I III Ulli iI
I liliidl III ill i 1111 til If II IIIld!
(ii) The half-life of a radioactive nuclide
IT,mn II ! iii! 1I1l1111l11 I II IlllUHlI!1
------------._-------------~--------------------------------------------------------
11111111111111111 Jfilii' 1/11/111111 nmHIlIlIIIIII fIIiI
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2 marks) lflll\lli ! III . I t 1 II!
Ii I!lil I n rn
(bXi) What is nuclear fission? II 111 I II I HI II
-_ _---------------------------------------_ _----------­
.... ...
1lllllliffimHlIIHlil!rIlllillUmmmrnmUIIUIT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2 marks) Figure]
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2002 Page 3 of 6·
 (i) What is the initial activity? (ii)
-----.---.----~-.------------------------------------------------------------~ ..--~
(1 mark)

(ii) Determine the half-life of iodine -131. x ~ (1

(3 marks)

(iii) Calculate the activity on day 48.

Figure 4
Figure 4 shows two plane mirrors A and B. The mirrors touch
(3 marks) each other along one edge and are oriented so that their surfaces
Total 14 marks make an angle of 50° with each other. A beam of light is
directed towards A at an angle ofincidence of30°. Calculate the
5(a)(i) Arrange the following in order ofDECREASING wavelength. unknown angles a. b. c and d in Figure 4 Hence deduce the
X-rays, Radio waves. Visible light rays. angle of reflection (e) from B?

(3 marks)

(ii) Name TWO properties which these waves have in common.

(5 marks)

(2 marks) (c) Zircon, a material used for manufacturing imitation diamonds,

has a refractive index of 1.9. Calculate the speed ofIight in
(b)(i) State the laws of reflection. Zircon.
--._-----------~-------------------------_.----------------.------- ----------------

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ MW __

(2 marks) (speed of light in a vacuum 3 x lOS m S·l)

Total 15 marks

END OF TEST

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2002 - Page 4 of 6

55
....

 CXC PHYSICS PAPER 3 - JANUARY 2002

GENERAL PROFICIENCY -1 hr

1(a)(i) State Newton's second law of motion.

(ii) Use Newton's second law of motion to
(a) distinguish between mass and weight
(b) define the unit offorce.

(iii) IdentifY the type of unbalanced force which acts on

(a) an electron moving around a nucleus Shallow water Gluiliwet
(b) car going around a bend in a flat road. (8 marks) • water

(b) The elevator in a high-rise building accelerates uniformly from rest to a Deepwater
speed of 4m S-1 in the first 2 seconds ofits upward motion. It then continues Figure I
at constant speed for 4 seconds and thereafter decelerates uniformly to a (i) If the period ofthe incident wave is 0.1 seconds, the wavelength ofthe
complete stop in 3 seconds. incident wave is 0.5 cm and the wavelength of the refracted wave is 0.3 em,.
calculate the
(i) Sketch a labelled velocity-:time graph of this motion. (Do Dot nse graph a) speed ofthe incident and refracted wave.
paper) b) refractive index at the deep to shallow water boundary.
(ii) Calculate the acceleration in the first 2 seconds. (ii) If the angle ofincidence ofthe incident wave is 25°, determine the angle of
(iii) Determine the distance travelled by the elevator while it is decelerating. refraction ofthe refracted wave. (12 marks)
(iv) Determine the total distance travelled by the elevator. Total 20 marks
(12 marks)
Total 20 marks 3(a) Describe an experiment to show that a metal expands when heated. State the
apparatus you would use, briefly describe your procedure and say how you
2(a) Explain the meaning ofthe following terms as they relate to a wave: would arrive at your conclusions. (8 marks)
(i) Amplitude
(b) Figure 2 shows a diagram representing the heating system or a domestic
(ii) Period (3 marks) electric iron. The temperature of the iron is regulated by a bimetallic strip. At
point C the bimetallic Strip makes contact with the live Wire of the supply.
(b)(i) Draw a displacement-line graph to represent the movement of a floating

buoy which has an amplitude ofO.5m as a water wave passes with a period

of3 seconds.

(ii) Can the graph you drew in part (bXi) be used to tell whether the wave is Electrical
transverse or longitudinal? (5 marks) . ,:::J. --",I,

(c) The diagram in Figure 1 shows the wavefronts in a ripple tank as a water

wave moves from deep water to water made shallower by a sheet ofglass .

placed in the water.

Figure 2
(i) Use your knowledge ofthe thermal characteristics ofbimetallic strips to
explain how this system regulates the temperature ofthe iron.
(ll) Sketch (no numbers required just labelled axes and a shape) a graph showing
how the temperature of the iron would,vaIY with time. Indicate on your
graph the times when the heating coil is ON and OFF.
I
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2002 - Page 5 of 6
 Figure 4 shows an apparatus which may be used to demonstrate the
phenomenon of magnetic levitation. A copper ring placed around a solenoid
can be suspended in space without apparent support by adjusting the a.c.
supply to the coil

Coil_lid 011
IIUIpetie

....,.,.
u. .
~ .~. ;.

Figure 4

Explain why a varying supply causes a current to flow in the ring.

At a given instant the a.c. supply voltage is increasing and the base ofthe

coil is a north pole. Figure 5 shows a sketch ofthe ring and the magnetic

field around it at that instant.

.....---Coil
(". .

:t ... FIlled COIIItac:t A

lYlUTaut_ ~Ntt;. I I

~AI'1IIl :unC

J::=:I
~ - ( OlIladY
\ Kiq
I
h
~ E= priaJD
Figun: 5
"-
U CoDE Redraw this diagram in your answer book. Show the direction of the induced
l.e.
current on your diagram. Explain how you arrived at your answer.
~plJ
:;-) (iii) On your diagram indicate the vertical forces acting on the ring when it is
suspended and in equilibrium. Give the nature and origin ofthese forces.
(12mark:s)
FIgUre 3 Total 20 marks
(8 marks) I END OF TEST
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2002 - Page 6 of 6
..

CARIBBEAN EXAMINATION COUNCIL - JanuaO" 2001 .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,u
"
JIo " .

"
..... " " , "'." " t. " ' " ;.~;;;;;-;;;-_.

PHYSICS - PAPER 02 - GENERAL PROFIENCY - 1% Hr. . --. , " " .

(4mb)
1. You are to spend no more than Yi hr on this question. (c) Figure 1 shows the small jet plane flying at a constant speed and at a constant height.
In this question you will find the value of the resistance, R. of a heating element.
The voltage, V, across the heating element is varied and the power, P, which is dissipated
is measured. (Note that R remains constant during the heating.) A graph of P against V is
plotted on page 4.
(a) Select 6 pairs of values ofP and V from the graph and insert these along with
corresDondimz: values of J11 in Table 1 below. (8mb)
P-(watts)
­
V (volts) L I Air reslstanee
)10
y: (voltsZ)
Table 1

(b) Plot a graph of P against y: on graph paper. (9mb)

(c) Find the slope, S, ofthe graph you have plotted. Figure 1
(i) In addition to the two forces shown on the diagram, two other forces, the weight
and the thrust ofthe engines, act on the plane. On Figure 1, draw TO THE SAME
(4mb) SCALE, lines representing these other forces.
(d) The equation for the heating element is P "" x VZ. Use this equation and your value "* (3mb)
for S to find the resistance ofthe heating element. (ii) The engines now emit exhaust gases at a higher rate. Explain how this causes the
............. "
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .jO
.
.
plane to accelerate.

(3mb)
(e) Estimate the power, Ph which would be dissipated in the element if the applied voltage (2mb)
is 300 volts. (iii) The plane now circles at a new constant speed. Figure:1 shows one view ofthe
.........................
........................................
,.
"'
'"
lIl
.
.
plane as it circles.
(3mb)
(f) If300 V were applied for 15 minutes, calculate the energy used in kWh.

(3mb)
Total 30 marks

2. This question concerns the motion of a small jet plane.

(a) The plane accelerates from rest along the runway at 3.4 m s 2 • Ifit takes 18 seconds to
Figure 2
0

take off, at what speed does it leave the ground?

Explain how the 'banking' (tilting to the horizontal) of the plane allows the lift to maintain
the plane's circular motion and its height.
(3mb)
:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::X::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::
(b) State Newton's First and Third laws ofmotion. . (3mb)
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2001 - Page I of 6 Total 15 marks
 PIPa

3. (a) Draw a labelled diagram of a step-up transformer.

-400 -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 4GO 9t'C

(b) Table 2 lists the main sources ofenergy loss in a real transformer. Complete Table 2. Figure 3
MEmOD USED TO REDUCE (2mb)
SOURCE OF ENERGY LOSS (ii) She now repeats the experiment with a different gas. Draw, on the same axes. a
ENERGY LOSS
graph she could obtain from the second experiment.
1. Heating in coil wires
-----­
(2mb)
2. Eddy current losses in core (iii) Explain how results like those she obtained led to the establishment of the Kelvb
temperature scale.
3. Magnetisation and demagnetisation
ofcore
................................... "' ~ "."'" .

(lmk)
4. Imperfect flux linkage
(iv) What is the value in Kelvin of a Celsius temperature of2S0C?

Table 2 (1mb)
(4mks) (b) (i) A bottle full of air is corked at atmospheric pressure of 1.00 x 10 5 Pa and a
temperature of2S0C. The bottle is heated. Calculate the temperature at which the
(c) Explain why alternating current (a.c.) is preferred to direct current (d.c.) For the pressure ofthe air will reach 2.5 x 10 5 Pa. Assume the volume ofthe bottle does
transmission ofelectrical energy over long distances. not change.

(3mb)
(3mb)
(d) (i) A StepMUP transformer bas 66 000 turns on the secondary coil and 16500 turns on
(ti) In terms of the kinetic theory of gases, explain the origin ofthe pressure inside the
the primary coil. Calculate the primary voltage when the secondary voltage is 440 V.
bottle.

(3mks)
(ii) Determine the CI1lTel1t in the primary when the secondary is delivering energy at a (3mb)
rate of26.4 kW.
(iii) State whether the following quantities increase, decrease or stay the same when the
. . . . . . . . . . -4 , , ., or." "'''.''' •••.••••"' " .
..............* ,•••••••••••••••••••••••••• bottle is heated:
(a) The speed of the gas particles· ..
(3mb)
(b) The average space between the particles ..
Total 15 marks
(c) The number ofgas particles ~ .. .'"
4. (a) (i) A scientist conducts an experiment where she measures 11 series of values of
(3mb)
Total 16 marts
pressure, P, and temperature, 0, of a gas at a constant volume. On the axes shown
in Figure 3, sketch the graph she would obtain from plotting her results. 5. (a) A transverse seismic (earthquake) wave travels with a speed of 5 000 m S·1 and cause:
the ground to vibrate up and down. The graph in Figure 4 shows the variation,. with
time, of the displacement ofthe ground at a point, as the wave passes.
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2001 - Page:% of 6
 Vertical
displacement 1m
-mnmTf

Flgnre4
(i) Calculate the frequency ofthe wave. I
...... ,"' "
.................................................................................................. .
.

........................................................................................................................,
,
.

(3mb)
(ii) Calculate the wavelength of the wave.
.......................................................................................................................................

,· t " " •••••••••

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '111 .

(3mb)
(iii) On the graph, draw two small crosses at the times at which the ground is moving at
the greatest rate. Explain your choice ofpoints.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lI' • • • • • • • • • lI' .

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .. • • 111 .

(3mb)
(iv) Write down a time which the ground is stationary•
.................................................................................................................. ,, .
(lmk)
(v) On the axes shown in Figure S. draw a graph to represent a seismic wave ofhalf
the amplitude and twice the frequency ofthe wave shown in Fignre 4.
Vertlcal
cll.splaoemeDtIm

II .co
Voltage -v /volt
time/s

Figure 5
(4 marks)
Total 14 marks

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2001 - Page 3 of 6

CARIBBEAN EXAMINATION COUNCIL - January 2001

PHYSICS - PAPER 03 - GENERAL PROFIENCY - 1 Hr.

2. (a) What is
Answer any THREE questiolls
<. ­

1. (a) Define the term "refractive index' and give TWO examples of observations which show (i) an alpha particle?
o' that light can be refracted. ( 3 marks)
Oi) a beta particle'! (2 marks)
(b) (i) Draw a diagram, showing how a prism can split a beam of white light into its (b) Describe an experiment to compare the ranges of alpha-particles and beta-particles in air.
constituent colours. On
your diagram the relative positions of red and violet (6 marks)
should be indicated.

(ii) Explain why a converging lens is often placed in the· path of the diverging (c) Radioactive isotopes have medical uses and cancer can be treated by radiatior
beam emerging from the prism. therapy. A cobalt 60 G~Co) nuclidedc;cays to an isotope ofnickel (Ni), by emitting a beta·
particle and gamma rays.
(iii) Use your answer to (b) (i) above to deduce how the wavelength oflight is related
to the refractive index. ( 7 marks) (i) Represent the decay of cobalt 60 by a nuclear reaction.
(c) (ii) State which of the radiations emitted is suitable for treating cancer and explair
why.

(iii) After 15.6 years, 7/8 ofthe sample ofcobalt 60 has decayed. Determine the half
life of cobalt 60. (9 marks:
\

(d) Iodine i31 is a radioactive isotope that is used as a tracer and taken in food by a patient

-------- ~I!I It has a half-life of 8 days. Explain why this is a suitable half-life for its use as a tracer
(3 marks:
.... B Total 20 marks

Metne 3. (a) State the unit of energy and the law of conservation of energy. ( 3 marks
rule
(b) For the following processes. state the main energy conversions involved:

(i) A burning candle

(li) A car travelling at constant speed

Figure 1
(iii) The generation of hydro--electricity ( Smarks
Figure 1 shows an experiment in which a beam of laser light is initially incident at A on
a metre rule. A transparent slab is then placed in the path of the beam so that the angle J (c) A ball of mass 0.5 kg is dropped from a height of 10 m onto a hard'surface. The bal
of incidence on the slab is 60°. The beam emerges at an angle, e, to the normaJ to the slab. rebounds to one-half its original height. Neglecting air resistance, determine the

(i) Calculate the angle of refraction in the slab and the vaJue of e if the slab is made (i) speed of the ball at the instan~ it hits the surface
",,"of glass.

(Refractive index of glass = 1.5)

(ii) amount of energy lost on impact with the surface

(ii) Yis the distance betWeen the positron ofiJie undeviated beam and the position of (iii) speed of the ball as it rebounds from the surface
the deviated beam. State and explain the effect on y of using
(iv) speed and acceleration of the ball at the highest point it reaches after rebounding.
. (a) a slab with a higher refractive index (The acceleration due to gravity, g := 10 m s-2)
(lZmarks.
(b} laser light of longer wavelength. (10 marks)
Total 20 marks
Total 20 marks PHYS ­ P2 + P3 - JAN 2001 - Page 4 of 6
 (iii)
4 (a) Describe, with the aid ofa diagram, an experiment to compare the thennal conductivities
of different metals. (5 marks)

(b) Arrange the following materials in order of their thermal conductivity, starting with the
best conductor: wood, copper, styrofoam, iron. (3 marks) Water.t
100°C
(c) (i) A circular section is removed from a flat square sheet of metal as shown in Figure 4
Figure 2. .
A metal rod of length I m is placed in contact with metal tins, one containing
boiling water and the other ice as shown in Figure 4. Using the same axes, sketch
graphs of temperature against d.istance along the bar if the bar is

a) perfectly insulated

b) not insulated. (12 marks)

Total 20 marks

5. (a) Define the term 'electric field' . (2 marks)

.Figure 2
I (b) Explain how tiny droplets of water vapour in a cloud could acquire a negative charge in
air. (3 marks)

If the sheet is now uniformly heated, what happens to the diameter of the hole
(c) Lightning occurs when a cloud develops a large negative charge causing the air between
and the length of a side of the square? Explain your answer.
ClOUd and ground to conduct electricity.
(ii) Figure 3 shows a bimetallic strip at room temperature which is clamped
horizontally.

~~Llgbtnlng
stroke

... Arrestor
I Ice I

/ '\ ~ Copper
I ' ~k

Figure 3­
+ + + + + + + + Ground
a) State and explain what happens to the bimetallic strip if a piece of ice is
placed on it as shown.
+
+
+
+
-
+ • +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

Figure 5
b) The ice is removed and the strip returns to room temperature. State what
t
happens to the strip now. . ­
Figure 5 shows a lightning stroke from a cloud to a lightning arrestor on top ofa building.

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2001 - Page 5 of 6 Identify the charge carriers involved in the passage of current through the air and give
the directions in which they move. (3 marks)
/.L
 (d) Figure 6 is a series circuit which shows the flow of current through the air, arrestor,
cable system and ground.

11.

R.

-L... vI. Re
~

R,

Figure 6

Using the following data:

VI. potential difference between doud and ground =3 x 107 V

If. - average current during lightning stroke =5 x 10" A

Rc - resistance of lightning arrestor system = O.OS Q

R, - resistarn:eof conducting channel in ground = 15 Q

(i) Determine the total resistance in the series circuit. Hence find, Ra • the resistance

of the conducting channel in air.

(ii) If the lightning stroke lasts for 3 x 10-5 seconds, detennine the amount ofcharge
that is transferred. Determine also the electrical energy of the stroke.

. (12 marks)

Total 20 marks

END OF TEST

..

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2001 - Page 6 of 6

.... b~

 Use these values to plot a graph of d against f on pageS.

Jan~ary 2000
(b) (9marks)_
Physics Paper 2

(c) Find the slope, S, of the graph you have plotted.

Time: 1Yz hrs

Instructions:

I. You must use this anSY.'er booklet when responding to the questions. For each
question. write your ans'wer in the space provided and return the answer (4 marks)
booklet at the end ofthe examination.
(d) Given that S = gm/2, find the value of g". ,
2. ALL WORKING MUST BE SHOWN in this booklet. since marks will be
awardedfor correct steps in calculations.

3. AttemptALL questions. (2 marks)

4. The use ofnon-programmable calculators is allowed (e) Use the graph on page 2 to find the average speed during the first four seconds.

5. Mathematical tables are provided.

l. No more than half an hour should be spent on this question. (3 marks)

DATA ANAL\,SIS (f) Using the average speed calculated in part (e) above, or otherwise, find the
speed of the object after it has fallen for 4 seconds.
In this question you are to find the value of the acceleration due to gravity on the Moon,
g". •and use your value in calculations.

(a) On page 2 is a graph of distance. d. against time. 1. for an object falling from
rest on the Moon. From the graph. obtain six pairs of values of d and 1. Tabulate (3 marks)
these below along with the corresponding values oft",
(9 marks) Total 30 marks
-. 'I

(a) Explain what is meant by the 'dispersion' oflight.

(1 mark)

PHYS - P2 + P3 :- JAN 2000.- Page 1 of 7

 (ii) Complete the truth table for the following logic gates.
What would be the value ofx on~the Kelvinscaleoftemperature
NAND OR
INPUTS OUTPUT . INPUTS OUTPUT I
(2 marks)
A I B ! z A B Z I
0 0 I
0 0 (iii) If the temperature of a body changes by 40° what would the
0 I
0
I
I
0
I I 0 I temperature change be in kelvin?
j
I II f
I I i
14 marks) (I mark)
Total) 5 marks
4. (c)
(a) What is meant by the 'upper' and 'lower fixed points' of the Celsius
temperature scale?

(2 marks)

(b) Figure 2 below shows the position of the meniscus in a mercury thermometer
at oec, at 100° at an tmknown temperature. X. Figure 3

(i) Water is heated at the top ofa test-tube as shown in Figure 3 above.
State what would be observed and explain these observations.

(3 marks)

(ij) In a refrigerator, the cooling element is at the top. Explain how the.
a'l: ..111ft: lCe cooling element is able to cool all the contents of the refrigerator.

Figure 2

(i) Use the information in the diagram to find the temperature. X.

(3 marks)

Total 15 marks

(4 marks)
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2000 - Page 2 of 7
..... 10°
(b) 3.
(a) (i) A 3 V source of e.m.f. consists of two identicaU.5 V dry cells. Draw
the symbol for this source. (2 marks)

Princpal

\
axis

-~, ) ~ Ghwpri$lll

(ii) The source is in a series circuit with a switch, an ammeter, a

Fi"".. 1
n
semiconductor diode and a 120 resistor. The diode is placed so that
it has zero effective resistance. Draw a circuit diagram, indicating the
(i) A narrow beam of white light strikes one of two identical glass prisms direction of current flow when the switch is closed and the polarity of
as shown in Figure 1 above. Complete the diagram to show the path the ammeter. (4 marks)
taken by the white light. Indicate where the red and blue light strike the
principal axis. (4 marks).,

Monochromatic blue light strikes the other prism as ShO\\<l1. Complete

the path of the blue light. (3 marks)

(iii) The refractive index of glass for blue I ight is 1.55 and that of red light
1.51. Which colour light travels more slowly in glass?

(1 mark) (iii) Calculate the magnitude of the current.

(iv) Find the wavelength of red light in glass ifits wavelength in air is
6.5 x IO·1 m.

(3 marks)

(bl (i) IdentitY the logic gate symbols by completing the table below.
(3 marks)
(v) Calculate the frequency of red light in air and its frequency in glass.
NAME OF
SYMBOL
I GATE
!I

(4 marks)
=D­ -
(speed of red light in air 3.0 x lOs m s ·1 )

Total 16 marks

.. PHYS~ P2 + P3 - JAN 2000 - Page 3 of 7

=Dr­ , ~

(2 marks)
5. A motorist, travelling in a car at a constant speed of 30 m S·I on a local
highway, overtakes a policeman on a motorcycle travelling at 20 m S·I. The (iii) Distance travelled by the tTiotorcyclein the 10 seconds­
policeman immediately gives chase and the motion of the vehicles, for the next
10 seconds, is represented on the velocity· time graph below.

(3 marks)
Veilldly IlIIlI -I
(d) Comment on your answers to (c) (ii) and (c) (iii) above.
so
40 /lICllnrc)'dC' (1 mark)

30 I :>' .e=: I Car (e) The motorist is arrested by the policeman for exceeding the 100 km h-I speed
limit. He says he is innocent since he had only been driving for 10 minutes and
20 therefore could not have travelled ]00 km. Explain the motorist's
misunderstanding.
10

o 2 4 6 R 10 11 Tln;r I!I

(2 marks)
(a) Explain the meaning of the term 'constant speed'.
Total J4 marks

(I mark)
(b) In terms of the forces acting. explain how the car maintains a constant speed. END OF TEST

(2 marks)

(c) From the graph calculate the:

(i) Acceleration of the motorcycle

(3 J1larks)

(ii) Distance travelled by the car in the 10 seconds

(2 marks)
PHYS - P2 + P3 ­ JAN 2000 - Page 4 of 7

(0 \
 Olsl.:lnce 1m Graph ~DIs&anceIUme Cor object [anint on Moon
-+_ ... ­
l--­ =t=·:t: : o.._-l...­
-h-­ --
~-',

-:1::
16

14

!=:. +::=./.....---1===
l - _...
u r-- ' ,
-:::1 kF t-­

­
..
.., i-.
, ,
-
::"

­:;
.....,
":
~
~
,
--
--,
u_

6 -:E:::E
-=1~E r­
,-~--~' -,
c=:..
---;......-...­
r­
,C;;;;;;:;=:

r-"':
4~~~ ....
'
t=:=:§-§'
,:t:==
. -­
·---l
-_." .
~
,~. , ~....:..;.....-

2 .,.......,.....

...--..-1-..

o 1 2 3 4 5 Tlme/s

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2000 - Page 5 of 7

 TESTCODE 002493
,FORM TP 2028 JANUAR.Y 2000 I. (a) Describe an experiment to demonstrate-the interference-of sound. In youraccount;-­
describe the apparatlis you would use. the observations you would need to make and
CARlBBEAN EXAMINATIONS COUNCIL
explain these observations. ( 8 marks)
SECONDARY EDUCATION CERTIFJCATE

EXAMINATION
(b) Figure I below is a displacement-time graph which represents a sound wave passing a
certain point in air.
PHYSICS

Paper 03 - General Proficiency

Dlspla«ment Imm
I hour

Cto JANt1~~ (iii.»)

TIme/ms

In addition to the 1 hour. candidates are allowed a Figure 1

reading time of 10 minutes. Writing may begin
during the IO-minute period. Deduce the frequency of the sound wave and calculate ils wavelength given that the speed
of sound in air is 330 m 5- 1: ( 5 marks)

tC) A source of sound is placed under water. where the speed of sound is 1400 m s ,-I • as in
READ TilE FOLLOWING DIRECTIONS CAREFULLY Figure-2 below. Calculate the refractive index for sound passing from water to air, and use
your-result to calculate the angle of refraction in the air for a sound wave that strikes the
water/air boundary at an angle of in~idence of 40°. Copy the diagram'into your answer
booklet and sketch the path of the sound wave. ( 7 marks)
1. Answer ANY THREE questions.

2. ALL WORKING MUST BE SHOWN in your answer booklet. since marks will be awarded for
correct steps in calculations.

The use of non-programmable calculators is allowed. Air

3.
4. Mathematical tables are provided.
40"

Water

Flgur;e2

Total 20 marks

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2000 - Page 6 of 7

Vi1-­
~
1. (a) The Geiger-Marsden experiment (alpha-particle $Callering experiment) supported a 5. (a) :Explain the difference between a motor and a genel1ltor in terms of the energy
nuclear model of the atom over the model that had been previously accepted. Briefly conversions involved. ( 2marks)
describe the model which was accepled at the time of this experiment. Outline the
Geiger-Marsden experiment and show how the observations support the nuclear model. (b) FlJUn 3 below shows a simple d.c. motor connected in a circuit.

( 8 marks)

(b) (i) A radioactive isotope of lead. Pb·214. emits beta-particles which a rall:·mcter
CoD

detects. In four consecutive periods. the number of counts recorded by the rate
meter were: 4823. 4764. 4829 and 4784. Explain why the count rate is not
constant and find the average count.

(ii) In a similarset of mea~urements50 minutes later. the counts recorded were 1216.
1169. 1225 and 1190. Find the aver:lge count allhis time and use the two values
you have calculated to lind the half·life of the source. ( 6 marks) Brush

(c) The proton number of lead is 82 and the product of the beta·decay of Pb-214 is bismuth
CBi). Write down the nuclear reaction for this decay. Write down the symbol for another
isotope of lead and state the number of electrons a neutral atom of this isotope would FiJUre 3
contain. ( 6 marks)
Explainwhy. when the switch. S. is closed. the coil rotates continuously in one direction.
Total 20 marks State the direction of rotation.

Identify a modification that is needed in converting .the d.c motor in FlJUre 3 to an B.C
3. (a) Use the kinetic theory of gases to explain generator. ( 8 marks)

(c) An electric motor is operating on a current of 2.5 A al a p.d. of 240 V. It is connected

(i) why particles of smoke in air are seen to move in a random manner when viewed
through a microscope by a long cable to the generator. If the potential difference a,.t Ihe terminals of the
generatoris250V.detennine the resistance of the cable andthe lossofpowerinthecable.
(ii) how the air in a tyre exerts a pressure on the tyre wall and why the pressure What is the power supplied by the generator? (JOmarks)
increases when the temperature of the air increases. ( 8 marks) Total 20 marks

(b) The air in EACH of the four tyres of a pick-up truck exerts a pressure of 2.5 x IO~
N m­2 • The area of each tyre in contact with the ground is 225 cm~ and the pressure of END OF TEST
the air in the tyres leads to a force which supports the weight of the truck. Calculaie the
=
mass of the truck; (g 10m S-2) ( 7 marks)

(c) What effect would an increase in the temperature of the air in the tyres have on the area
of contact between the tyres and the ground? Write down TWO assumptions you have
made in your answer. (Smarks)

Total 10 marks
4. (a) Define linear momentum. state the law ofconservation ofli near momentum and describe
an experiment to demonstrate this law. ( 8 marks)

(b) 0) A spacecraft accelerates by ejecting gases at high speed from its rockets. Use the
law of conservation of momentum to explain how this results in an increase of
speed of the spacecraft.

(ii) A spacecraft. of mass 8 000 kg. is travelling at a constant speed whenilsrockets

are turned on. The gases are emilled at a rate of 1.5 kg S-I and are moving
at a speed of 1100 m 5- 1. Find the change in momentum per second of the gas.
Calculate the increase in velocity per second ofthe spacecraft and the total change
in velocity iftbe rockets are fired for J5 seconds. The final speed of the spacecl1lft
is 1200 m S-I. What distance will the spacecraft travel in one week?
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 2000 - Page 7 of 7
(iii) A second spacecraft is in orbit at a cons!antspeed around the Earth. Dl1lwasketch
to show the force or forces on this spacecraft. (12 marks)

...."""'. 2ft ..........

J
 ..

PHYSICS PAPER 2 - JANUARY 1999

l. No more titan i hour should be spent on this question.
General Proficiency - 1~ fIrs nATA ANAI~VSIS

When a driver of a car sees an obstruction in the road the total stopping distance for'the car is
made up of two distances. the thinking distance and the braking distance.

TIle, thinking distance: The distance the car travels in the time it takes the driver to make the
decision to stop.
,
Thinlllnll:
t.:::..t:.t+¢+tl=4+;:t:Mrtftfm:H:iti:7iti
i , nL~
..... 1
.,
r:
! r~ ~
IH'
~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ..
•. 1 ... ~
The braking distance: The distance the car takes to stop While the "rakes are applied.
DiAanc"
dIm , ~ Data on these quantities at different speeds are shown in Table l.
j iI:
! 'l i ~
.. 4

. ~ i·i
~
! .. ~-+

TAnLE 1
CAR THINKING nRAKIN{; TOTAL STOI'I'ING
SPEEI> ' IJISTANCE 1>1 STANCE DISTANCE
(vIm s -I) (dim) (x/ml (slm)

16 12 12.8 24.8
.. ; 20 16, 20.0 36.0
...~; i , .
~,.
~ ~

:z6 I'".,..i ri~r'i'·p"PI

'I
• j • I . . , .1
~
­ ~
.. i 1 ... t~!
~_J .
24 20 28.8 48.8
p, 'I"~ Pi: iiU ~E~
!.. • .i ~ •• '" t ..
,, 28 24 39.2 63.2
I
, .! ~ i' ! i ~ r i I t 1 t r. 1
I ~ H
i ... ~ ...... 32 28 51.2 79.2
22 -4'r t-'i r ,;t-~ !~L .;:1
36 32 64.8 96.8
ttti it;! t;\: :~;: 7::1
r~ ~ i : ~ ~~ "
201 II ' (a) A graph of thinking distance. d. against car speed, v, has heen drawn for you lin
., ........
page 2. Detennine the gradient. G. ofthis graph. and give its unit.
.1,. " :.......
18. l;;:
"
~: , .,....
l'tt
~ +~

' ," :~;!

, "
14
:~:
;: ~ : , I " ~
12
I ~ : ,
..... ~ ; .. ; ~ ~ ;~
'·:7, ". ~
T"
,I,
., •• 1 , J .J
"fO!'t i.;;
. :L: .,'
...... 4 marks)
", . "I.
, ;I ,i;.
" ; ~ ;, ;

,I' I I; I',' I .. t
; ~
, I (b) Use the equation. v =Gd + 4. to find the value of d when v is 40 m s'\.
.
I • : ~
: "
~

~
......
,~ .
;
I •
1;1
... i

41 I I I', ;,
r: : i ~ 7; "<IIi
, .'.•
i ~,. J ~ t .. "

... ..
;'"
j •••
't"
"I"
I •.•• 1 ..
• ;.l " ~.. L '"
., ..
2"" • ;.1, " t: ~ ,q; 1 1f
ii:" :~ 1~ :!
• 1 .. t
f- !
;
"
·11;"f " "'
Ol' i I;: !i"':
o 2 16 18 20 n u :z6 2B 30 31 34 36
CarSpftcl rIms" (3 marks)

Graph for Question 1 (cl Plot a graph on page 5 of total stopping distance. s. against car speed. v. The gr~ph line
is a curve. (9 marks)
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 1999 - Pagel of 8
\.
~?
 Q.u, ~ - ~Mt4Cd, <,
• " .I"
·<'f ""'.
'i I"
~ f fi
.. !, ....... ·~··I
• 'fl'+ r-.. . t r,···.·1"1
f.1·~t ~"'!"L+~
;.
t::t. ,-.I. r ,. 't'.' ,4:"
..~ !t !'I, ,to.i, ." ~"
l t, U·· 1-
'.'" ·.tt l!l.'·
I I''. ',,.,..(..·'I',.'
I
I. "'. ." 1' ~. ~I' .', ". '.' ',',..
"" •
'I ,I!.• ' •••
t···
I l ~ - ,,,
,l·t.·'
-,..+
,,,.. " •• -.
'.<- .. ,., ', ••,
.. . !

(d) Use the graph of s against v to find the total stopping disulnce if an obstnlction is seen
when the speed of the car is 30 m s -I ,
If-.J-t -t.....,.~
'I't
t.t. .•
,;. .~f'" 'ir!l·t"·· +1' '1"
. . · .. t .~.i .... ~.' L .;.1
;1+;.. fl'~l 'r i '
4:":~t J_
fol'
i.
r ;.
t-: i
l'
,-••_.1,
..
__ ~t·f_ I· .. t~
.-
I~ j,
tL!,J
•. , •. ,.
q"-.
rtf" ly-J:
t'" 'f"
"",;t... : J....... ••••
.J.t.

Z,~;'! :r; .U~ ttl)' 1"1:1 ~1; ii1t 1~~ ~!. ~ r~tt ~I:! ;1 :~:t t~l: tI~l ~~:~ :::~
~tl.i. ·l~i~ f";~f tf..,-'!; r,fi t ...... ~ tf11
!r1~ :'I"i r~t~ ,t··-t tH40 .~. ~ ....,,, ··rl.- ~-t~
;f, ,t·.. .·
t, • .i·~
·'1' ~'itl ,t.!
4 .. J
• ~, .. t '-h
1,.;, r~.r·
It··~
d~
i~4..
1~,1
i~.
.. f·
<l~"
+"'r~
.t;t t,~j ;f~t H~; i!tt ti'; ~tt~ :t,l it1 ;+'1 1 !"~!; ;~:~ ,~;l: :~ ..: ~t_~': ;!:! ~~f' ~~ ..
(2Jilarks)
t,'
tS"'~ ·t"!' ;~~'"
~f· 'tiM t··~·~r-t'·'
'r'.j -rn' .i-fr- t·'rt· ,;-i;'
!t.~ f ' ,
~ • • • . "1'
t ~i ·f-" '''' t.:
,
1;""': tit~
'j<
... rt';*
.
tl~t 1.:11 :ql .tHl-·P ·h·P ItJ: ~-n; I :i~: ::1: ~:!I!i 1:1..£ ;;. Pf~ tlt '.,
t+-';'· 1;:" h·H
-+rrr"l·fl!:··t
,• ..•J.--4.
I ,,"·,,.--i~
j-d 'tt, KHd tHI' H-t'
,t.'" t .~:H-t•-L ii--!
'.... ' .! .. 'i ~1
. ~ ITt' • f " f oj •
I J' I'll
'I t ·, . t I"
I,;, I ., l i t . 'j.!~
,, .... ', .i.' ."to.••• 1 'I"
,! ,.."
't' "~.'
~,~;.
.,,+,
,

,I ••
.,
,

(e) If the mass afthe car is 8ookg, calculate the kinetic energy oftlle car when it is travelling .• ~...,+ kl"~ 4 ' t H
t- -. t 10
1 ,-
,"'''' •••••
':'
,..
... l •• 1
'f:J-. ~.. ••••
•• ,:-I-t
~r~t·
l 'r'~
..,
jJ'~
•
..

at24ms- I , J ~H Itt! llti rrJ:t :r~'tt fi.1:! rtftll 1- 1' • til t; I: !i~! ' t ItJ Hil HI
q I. I: 1! '1 It ! t:! t
Hp -~,.Il'i~' Il~ +11-· 'U:.!.. -Itll.
! ..... , ~."~ ... H,4+J,. l..f,~"t" ~"-4+t-~ -I-f
,I..! I".•• l·i.' -t-~r ~ Hf'~f
no>
f;"
•••
•• ;
.. , •• ' .. - I·,l , H '
,'Of. ,. ... ~f- -i,~~ :t'" t •• '
, ..
4
'11' ,
'Ht t l'. J·ft ',' ·l'J·tr 'tl "-H·t
.1-4' 1- 1 4m-t4 H.. r 1+1 4,1. "t' LC., " •• "1" or·'! it!. ,., .. , ... '1'"

r -rr ~ t-+
t '-t +I!:t· . r- I .+,-.
t-t1. ""! .'" ..;.~t·l
,..;1.
Ht ./.•.,..
T • i- I .• " .I"l'~
-t- !t·" 1 !1'1
I J t"t. ",., ..-"
,f !,!
...,. .,..
i.fl'
t
.. f.
't
! ~ 1" _ f "
l
, !··I't 'I'll
f"'
'.fl .,.I, •.
,; -. .... I t
l
I '• tf,- i l
~ .-,
J r ..
I f '",',
t·
• f"
..
" ' " -I-H ,.;, -li-". -f·,j,· 1-1.1 h,j .-;.', ,' •. '-II" HI·i 1 .•• "·1'
I·', t'P "-++ trtl H"t ..H.,...· -t I .I r '· ,I.J 1,.-., " .. '.," I',. II" .,.1 ';1
'1-" ..
( J macks)
;~,;,~ -y~:I' l~it ... 1..1 !~'~. ~~t~ t-1.~l ,if·l~ t!.t! !,!~ :z~! I:!~ 'Ot,! ~.~~: ~~~·t f~i:~ :r:.t .t;·:
'., '.-.

ir~f t.,U·: t+.l". trt·t ~.l·1~ Lttt

~'It hti tiT! ttl.; ,ltl I t • h
1:; '1!1!
-I ' t':JI
f-:'!l-
~~~-1 .~~~ r!·l.~1 ~~.iJ 1;1~
1• •••• ".1 ffh -,',: .: ~ 1 r~~ ~f:'1
,.1., ,.,'
i;.:.
!"",,·..... t "1-~,.'r"t"~tt't!' ~t"'+ ...' +-rt r' L f. ~l 1fl.f
~;:.r f.t~1 t . 1''-'. ,......
I t
•
I,HI
.,-It- I~-fi .. , ..
(f) The average force exened by the brakes is 7 000 N, Determine how much work is done ~Mf. f-"'+'~ ~+-t -,L... .i..~ ~#'J't ~~~ ; . \.-~ .,;, ~~ .. mi~-t· ~-~. ~~ . . . .-.. 'I' "'--rmj !-rt: ~~+ • , ........

by the brakes to stop the car when the car is initially traveUing at 24 m s -I.
"t,· .+41.
'.,i+f !-.Lf!
o. ...
'ttl' il ' 1'·-1 '[h t'-,:.
~ , .. T t. t ; '
. . , -t~+~ " ,~.,
i·I..,r- L,!.; '. '1;
lot"
:..... t:'" ~
~,
.,.~.. ! .. ~-.. t"j
1_ ~
L.1r ~
, •.•• ,l~t ;,
• ~ f ~.;
l·t i '1"
, , .,f.
J I , .. l.
I" • . ,1.1.,1, ••• I.,.
•. , '.f ~

; r ~ f t ~ ~; ~ t"N'! It!; ; f t-t 'i t!. t)' : i r ~ ~: i; ;!: ~ ;;! ~ : ~ ;! ,;:; ~;;: : f~ ;!;!
,.. ·~t .,.... + 1'-. -f ,-.!" · ! t f , .. t
.. ~""
r,t'j~ It l ., i~~'
·.~f't . f - rttf- ci.J< .. ··ft. !'t,' ...~! r-.~'
~, ..
, - ... , .•
~ .• " ........
~ j1~l
f~;· ~. "'j
:!jt tJr.
f
.·t !;,;
t-
r'f
t,:::
t •• ~ ......

iJ;. i ••

<'1l r"!" .Lriy' I'd ~I" .Ii' H" ' d • • i,. ',', .~,. III jl!,J ' i ' ! ,I"~ ..
,~.< ~'t'
·r~f. ~.tl:t~... t'M' t'·,4 IJw'" rt~ .. ';1 ·t·: ·"-1 '··T" t"'~.! i.,. "'.1 .,f·· t!"-t~ '7'1""
;,l;l t;::• •t -- t~tr ~:'f:j '1~';' rtt~ ~~i! ~t.1; ~~:~ :;!i 1~:~ ;i;,~' ~~i~ ;;~l :!:' ~:.: ::.:
';I'~ . t~t f~." tt·., .~~'
'1! t·.1· ~tf J!".i
t t
;.~;. .itt~
't·,
':I~
....... t--J
•• , t,
, ....
"ii'
".4
lr-~"
t,·'
l·· J 't:*~
.... ••
'~11
~ .....
't l
lot.
.'::
"
•• ; : . , " .
....

( Jmarks) ~:~~ I~t~ "~l,~ ~;!;- if' '~l, ;:,: i;U t~!! ~~t-~ !;1"~ ::.~~ ;~.!; t::· t,! ~;;! !~!~ ~L:
~:'t·l· tiP tt~r'r;!tt:tt 11;:: t.:
~r~'t; ,~~I! ri:·~ l:r ~r~i ~~!~ ti~.; ~!l
~l .. !r': - "..... ~ .i~"J I~'I' !f~t
~i:i i~:· .:,..
;1,
·,·t ,t,'.
•• f f"f" [til t!-
_,J-", i"!,. ~ ..... i~=, ....
i
,I tr ' ! .. ·.f.·~
!lI'
,":"
... 1:
.t·.! t, Li
',. !:-J •
f.~!
•
.:.
J.i .. ':'- ....
;-~
(g) Explain wby the answers to (e) and (f) are not the same.
t·!t .·;14
~~_~
l:' ft·--!
;! ;.;. ~~;;.;I ' '1"
f.tt! t!~"! :ir~; ~ ~.:: ;11f ~i"~ 4ti ~;:: ;"_;t :::
'''+-1'' 'r!' .. '"
.l, " t 1' l ItiI 'jll JI.
t-,T ,-t
,! " •• , ". ; I.', .... , ..

'I; I';..,. HI'.II l-ll'...·,.,.,1,.,

,.'. ,t,-+
\.t· ,",4-, t-t _f; ·f ~ 1"!' ill t,£ ff •• ,

f'.''1'.... ,
$;l.

( I mack ) ,.,'1"11'1 II r'I 1'1".1.'

-'r'f+l'1:-'-fafTl1l
it"i.•i '"
', "J' '-1'1"-1t" r'l'llltIl"J I'..iT,tt ·tj'
"J :'·1 !tt-'-t

0>.. ;...1""
!t-~t ·fL.• ! t-.+-~ f.!.i; ;l;~ i~t~ ;~r'; 4*.!.. tt::"! ;i'i :~i; ~~rt "ltL~ il.~! ~;t: 'l;i :.~.:
li .. ~ ~.~ ... 1;' f-t4f i~TirTT ~ r;., .tTI-i -"-;-~t ~··lm~ J.t~ I~t; ~t·f!··- f:l.-f l,mI. ':1
t! I I'. I' 'rtjl tn' . to' I j ; . . !.! I i I r' r! 'I ' ,..
·f

(b) If an extra load of 160 kg was put in the car, find the deceleration that the application of ~'l' d· . l. t i. I.
1~t4 ;~t--~ .!.u.. tt.~ ~~;~ if.~ i;l t~,t~ ,+t~~ !.~; ;:" ;~tl ft+~ ~i.~' t~t~ ~~~ .!i: ~:~:
the brakes would cause. '.:U· !'r t -~ r' .I-·I"~.j I'"~
'.'
rJ
i •• ,.... t >1·'.J.
•. 1·. j'1"
f'~" t-' I I!"
f, t. If>! 'l' •• ....
• • J:, , I! t-ll "I
i·I '!J t , J't'p ;t·, t~l'! ! . . . . . . 't. t " t 1'1 : ! " , .. ! .. 4f~
J"'-1 t f ~.·l J.tt" II;
M f ""1'
'~f: ,.1':
t ";.1
.",-
" . ••
.,.
• "".
. , ...
, t-r ""t"!"t
,'1 '1:;-1-, T.j.r ·I.H··~
"1 "I .~ I q tit i I ••
t--t-+... ~ .........,
'" j ;'j
~'.
,;
I !,It''
fH' •. (Tf 'l-~
I'" IT' I.' If' t ! I ' j t, I'
~. 1 ...... ~' j

1..1,
If"
d .H~
t'. t l. !-f."L ~t'
Tj:iT 'I'~' , ., .. '.
H f' !.~, • 'I ,! r '
~,;,

..
i,.i t ~r~T ~~:tt· t~:.t t~ .!: ;i:i
l:': J,!j :f".! ;ttI t-d r t ~,-r~i i!!f .. " ::;: :~:.
""

t-
~ t·.. ~ • ; ....;. .. +J. • to.... , ...... j. r ;.: t ~ i,;: ;
·.·f.. !.!. .l_: ..
! t .... ~ • j. l I
f ..
... "t I· H ..
'1 ~,
f ~I't ~
I·
t 1ft ~ t t~ I , t "1 ~ J. ~ • • ...I"!'.
,... .. , ,. t -h . 1'. I • , " "'. f ~··l ..
t J 1'. ~.. L..... . l . : I' t· • rot- ~r 4.:'
t"~ 'L! t·r I: ,. ~ r -,;. ,-"
( J marks)
'" .. .. Ii."o. : ••. 1 , .. +: ... "I
'r'i I J -'i·.1 .~f..j.,t "'.1,- ,.,*
t i : t ' .. ' . l~t-' .t t f--r"
I, r'
;., ....,
-' 1
,~ , ','"
,f
",,.t
• ~ ; : ! ~ t
t'''' t~,· ~ f '"
~,,,.
i
•

• • ~: I q ~ ~ I' '. !' If; .. t to. t · · ! • ~ t t .l. I J j t 1-! ~ t ... , ··40

!-~~ j t ' " 1'" 1'" f t> . l . .. ~ "1:1 Jr;
Ii
..... ,..4 1 .. J,t +.-f
., ~ • •
~t':
tt•. I :~f11
h ~ ~,t· '. ~ .. ! .... r :
f
Iff' ~:f. ,4;f . , ... f .. ,

-" " ' 1 I ,. ' I l l , ••.• j, 'I" ! · t , I., l . l l I .... t,"I 'Ij 1'- "'1' .:" .. -.
~ J " H,~.-t .. f-',a. ,L.f t'-!.! ~t:·-t t .f! :f-"H r·~1' rtt" "rif f ,.·, 't t f f' ' j , • • t><. J'I'l,
(i) Write down the main energy change that is occurring when a car is /"1:
-.*,.
, I" 1:"1; I i ' I rf,
--.,..1 1. t
" 'f I., I" -;! ' ! ! I"
~t. ~'·'!t* .~ •. i- +Jlt t "
,'I! I hi"~ ,',;
11 t · t . ....
;:·1~ ~~,:i ft.!! ~t!4 .JLr1.~~:t ~i!t- :Ii~ ~tJ.; i~~"~ .lit;. :-:.L~ ~~lI ~,llt t~1 ~~t. ;i:; .:::
"I'
+to. Ii~ • ,.·t
'1'"
.a.
.. 1-' It"
'f 1~!" f"
.J~ .. J~, t.·~
...

(i) moving aJong a level roild at a constant speed

' i ' j i'l: Itli 11:' if:! ill: l-iT' '1 1 , t;i til! ~III'1;i I"j lIt! ;~tl f!~j it~:
t~· .. 'hj ..h" ·t.··.l··· 1 '['.'1 ,·f.. ~••t •, ••• !ll'~
,.,.. It" ...
;:;.
l.lt
+-. f-.. • t .... .J... H ~ !-t,1
~ ,~ .... -:.1 . ·t i : i ~t· 1" .'. • .-~ S •..•• 0" j.-".·1'
... t
!·j·l '1-'
,. I·l I ! t". ••.•.
H J
",' t f •

(ii) accelerating along a level road.

GO ON 10TH!! NEXT PAGE
OOl492/FIJANUARY 99
( 1 marks)
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 1999 -:- Page 2 of 8
TotalJO marks
 2. (a) . Describe how you would detennint: the density of a small rock of an irregular
, shape.

2.~t~l.J.4!!.d. .
(b) a
On the gridbelow, draw velocity~time graph for an object which is released from rest
on the Moon, falls for 3 s but does nut reach" the ground.. Label the axes and insen
appropriate scales.

,~
.~. !'~ ;
.
..........
~
i

i.. '1 ~~:

~ ....
~ I )

( 4 marks)
4· :__ 1-,
(ii) When astronauts larided on the Moon they collected pieces of rock: While on
the. Moon one piece of rock wa.c:; measured. and found to have a volume of
6.4 x .10-' m3 and a mass of 0.36 kg.

_L.,. __ ~ ........
What was the. density of the rock?
..........,,,,,., ... -;...-.--­
·f-t ~1' ~ .... -!~
-: +--i't

( 2marlcs)

(c) A small rock is thrown ~orizontally on the Moon with a speed orJ.4 m s -l.

(i) Write down.thevenical component of its velocity after one second.

(2 marks)

(iii) On the Moon the acceleration due to gravity is 1.7 m s -2. The rock was attached ( I mark)
to a spring balance and lowered into water until it was completely submerged.
The reading on the spring balance decreased due to the upthrust of the water. Write down the horizontal component of its velocity aftti(one second.
(ii)

Calculate the upthrust of the water on the rock.

(lmark)

(iii) . Sketch a vector diagram in the space below to show how you could determine the
velocity oftlle rock after one second - you are not required to fmd th¢ velocity.

(4 marks)

(Density of water 1 000 kg 01-3)

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 1999 - Page 3 of 8

~
 3. This question concerns the refraction of water waves and light.

(a) A block of glass is placed on the bottom of a ripple tank so that the water above the block

s. Speed in shallow water

is very shallow. Plane waves travel from the left across the deep water. through the

shallow water and then continue into the deep water as shown in Figure 1.

Deep water
( 3 marks)

Speed in deep water beyond block

Deepwater ( 2 marks)

(ii) Calculate the frequency of the water waves.

(3 marks)

(iii) Calculate ihe refractive index for water waves going from the deep to shallow
water.

(3 marks)

(b) The diagrams below show a coin in a porcelain cup - in Figure 2 the cup is empty; .
in Figure 3 water has been poured into the cup. Neither the coin nor the eye change
Figure 1
position but in Figure 2 the coin cannot be seen by the eye willie in Figure 3 the eye can
(i) As thewaves approach the block tbey are travelling at a speed of 6.4 m s -1. Take see the coin. .
measurements of the wavelengths. on the diagram. and use these measurements
to determine the speed of the waves in the shallow water and in the deep water
beyond the block.
~ye "fE)"e

lL~
Wavelength in Shallow water
water-H . .

Wavelength in deep water ~c...

Figure 2 Figure 3
( 1 mark)
Draw ONE light ray from tbe coin Figure 2 to explain why the coin cannot he seen
by the eye. On figure 3 draw TWO rays which leave from the SAME point on the
coin and enter $e eye. ( 3 marks)

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 1999 - Page 4 of 8 Total 15 mark...

... d..
 4. Beta-panicles. in a vacuum. enter a region with a uniform magnetic field which isperpendicular
to the plane of their motion. as shown below. Figure 4.

VACUUM
"!:<d) Describe bow you would detenlline the range of alpha-panicles in air.

X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X

~partides
X
maJtfletic: field
X X X X X X
into paper.

X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X

Figure 4

(a) What is a beta-panicle?

( 4 marks)

(e) What would be the range of alpha-particles in a vacuum?

( 1 mark)

(b) On Figure 4 draw the path of the beta-panicle in the magnetic field. What causes the ( 1 mark)
beta-particle to take this path?
Alpha-particles are emitted by radium -226 (~Ra) and a radon (Rn) nucleus is fonned
Write the equation for this nuclear reaction.

(3 marks) ( 3 marks)

(c) Write down TWO differences in the path that would be observed if the panicle was an Total 14 marks
alpha-panicle moving at the same speed.

(:2 marks)

PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 1999 - Page 5 of 8

It;S
.....
 ~ Ccn1irw.e.4:(
(c) An alternating current is applied to the coil. Descnbe and explain the resultant moti~
, of the coil.
5. (a) State the name ofthe rule which allows us to predict the direction ofthe fotce on acunent­
carrying conductor perpendicular to a magnetic field.

( 1 mark)

(b) Figure Sis a uiagram of a simple moving-coilloudspeaker.

Coilslaowing ( 4 marks)

current out

or paper (d) Sound is produced bytbe loudspeaker as a result of the motion referred to in part (c).

What would be the effect of increased coil current on the

x· (i) pitch of the sound produced'?

~ I ' ~agnet
( 1 mark)

(ii) loudness of the sound produced?

B
( 1 mark)
Coil showinl
current into (e) The coil is disconnected from the a.c. source and connected to a galvanometer (a
paper sensitive, centre zero inst:run1ent used to indicate tbe magnitude and direction of smaU
currents). Part A in Figure 5 is then made to vibrate at low frequency by displacing it
FigureS by hand. State what you would observe .on the galvanometer and explain your
observation. .
Identify the parts labelled A and 0 and indicate the polarity of tbe magnet at the points

X,Y,Z.

A ( 1 mark)

B
( 1 mark )
x -'- _
y ..c-- _
( 5 mark..,,·

Total IS marks
z ---,..-------..,.---------­
( 1 mark) END OF TEST
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 1999 - Page 6 of 8
~.
~~~

\ '" PHYSICS PMER 3 - JANUARY 1999

( 1. (a) Explain what is meant by a magnetic field. In your answer booklet. draw two bar magnets.
arranged as in Figure 1. and sketch the magnetic field pattern around and in between them. General Proficiency - IHr

IS N I INS I
Figure 1 .

An iron bar is placed near to a coil.aiI: shown in Figure 2.

r'lrOnbar
F(~.:i'=<J

F1gure2
A steady current is passed through the coil. State and explain the effect on the iron bar.
( 8 marks)
(b) Figure 3 below shows the partS of a meter which measures electric current.

MoviDl iron bar

Fixed iroa blll'
2. (a) Distinguish between energy and IlOwer and write an equation relating these twp
.quantities. Explain what is meant by work and gravitational potential energy. What
Coil are the main energy transformations that occur when
Spring

(i) a person walks up a flight of stairs'!

(ii) an electric motor raises an object? ( 8 mark.<;)

.. 5 (b) (i) A girl of mass 45 kg walks slowly up a flight of stairs to the next floor in an
AlIlperos(A) hotel. Each step is 0.24 m high and there are 25 steps. How much work does she
do against gravity'! If it takes her 21 s to reach the top. what is her average power
Figure 3 output?
The current flows through a coil. Inside the coil there is a fixed iron bar and a second iron
( 5 mark.o;)
bar which is attached to a pointer: A spring is also attached to the pointer. When current
flows in the coil the pointer moves across the scale and then comes to a stop.
(i) Explain why the pointer moves when current flows and why the pointer stops
moving at a particular scale reading. Explain whytbe pointermovesJurt~rbefore
stopping when the current increases. Write down the reading on the meter on (iii) The hotel has an elevator of mass 240 kg. If. instead of usi.ng the stair.;. the girl
Figure 3. decides to take the elevator. what would be the total work done against gravity
by the elevator motor? What is the efficiency of using the elevator when it is
(ii) Can alternating current be measured with this meter? Explain your answer. Wlly
bei.ng used,to lift only the girl?
should you not pass a current greater than lOA through this meter?
( 4marks)
(11 marks}
(Acceleration due to gravity = -10 m S-2)
Total 20 marks Total 20 marks
PHYS - PI + P3 - JAN 1999 - Page 7 of 8
t/"
.".....
 - "

i \

II'

: I

3. (a) In the past. different theories of light have heen put forward hy scientists. State any ,4. (a) A three-pin plug has live. neutral and earth wires attached. What is the purpose of
ONE property of light which could he used to suppon a particle the<JT}' of light and the earth wire? To what is the other end of this earth wire attached and what ,is its
explain how the property supports the theory. Descrihe the Young's double slit' International Colour Code? What is the purpose or a ruse and why is it particularly
experiment and show how this experiment SUppoMS a wave theory of ligbt. dangerous to have an earth wire fitted to an appliance without a fuse? What is the name
( 8 marks) and International Colour Code for the w4re into which the ruse is fitted?
( 8 marks)
(b) An observer in a building looks down at a swimming pool at night. He nOlices that a lanlp
at the bottom of the pool produces a circle or light at the surface of the water. (b) Anelectriccoukerdraws a powerof9.5 kW when allbumers areheingused. Ifthe cooker
is operated on a 220 V supply. calculate the current that it draws when all burners are
being used. The cable that is used to connect the cooker to the mains supply has a
Air resistance of0.036 n mol. If the cahleis 15 m long, calculate its total resistance and the
power lost in this cable when the cooker is drawing maximum power. ( 8 marks)

(c) Electrical energy has to travel considerahle distances from power stations to our homes.
If the power station was 15 km from your home and the same type ofcable as above used.
what would be the total resistance of the transmission cable? The house needs to be
supplied wit h 220 V in orderto operate the cooker. What would the supply voltage at the
power station need to be? ( 4 marL'll

Total 10 marks

Figure 4 s: (a) State THREE differences between boiling and evaporation. Use the kinetic theory to
explain how evaporation can take place at all temperatures but occurs more rapidly at
(i) Copy Figure 4 and add the paths ofTIlREE rays leaving the lamp which strike
higher temperatures. Why is there a drop in temperature in a liquid when rapid
the surface and continue. Choose your rays so that
evaporation occurs? ( 8 mark.,)

ray I has an angle of incidence of zero (b)

Following an accident. a patient ofmass 70 kg requires the transferof2 kg of blood. TIle
ray 2. has an angle of incidence of about 25°
blood is at.5 <>C when transferred to the patient and is wanned up to the patient's final
ray 3 has an angle of incidence of about 60 <> .
temperature of 35 <>c. Ciilculate the energy transferred from the patient's body to the
blood. Find also the change in the patient's body temperature.
(TIle critical angle for the water-air buundary is 49°· )
This temperature change may cause 'shock' and to prevent this the patient is wrapped
(ii) State which or these rays would be visible above the surface of the water. in a 500 VI electrically-heated blanket. How long would it take for the patient's body
temperature to be restored to its initial value?
(iii) Explain why a circle of light is seen and find the refractive index of water.
It is found in practice tbat it takes more tban the time calculated aquve. for the patient's
(11 marks)
body temperature to be restored to its initial value. Account for this difference.
(Average specific heat capacity of blood := 4 500 J kg -I K _I;
Total 20 marks
Average specific heat capacity of body tissue := 2500 J kg -I K -I)
(11 marks}

Total 20 marks
PHYS - P2 + P3 - JAN 1999 Page 8 of 8
END or TEST
 1995 Paper 2 (ii) The most common isotope of boron (B) may be represented as
11
5 B. A
1. State Archimedes Principle boron atom has two shells of electrons with two electrons in the first shell. In the
space below, draw a clear diagram to represent the number and distribution of
11
protons neutrons and electrons in a neutral 5 B atom.
(4 marks)
(iii) Write the symbol for another possible isotope of boron. (1 mark)

(b) A hot-air balloon, as shown in Figure 1 above, has a volume of 700 m3

and the density of the air inside the balloon is 0.90 kg m -3. The mass of
the balloon's material and load is 280 kg.

(i) Calculate the mass of air inside the balloon. (3

marks)

(ii) Determine the total weight in newtons of the material, load and air. (g =
10 N kg-1) (2 marks)

(iii) The balloon remains stationary about 100 in above the ground. State what
forces are acting on the balloon, and explain how they result in no motion.
( 3 marks)
(iv) If the density of the air outside the balloon is 1.3 kg m-3 , calculate the
weight of the air which is displaced by the balloon.
(2 marks)
(b) The count-rate (activity) a measured for two radioactive samples. A and B. and
(v) Explain why the balloon begins to rise when the air is heated to a higher
graphs of count-rate against time are plotted, as shown in Figure 2 above.
temperature. (2 marks)
Total 14 marks
( i) By reading off vale of the count rate at suitable times show that the hall-life
of Sample A is constant and find its value. ( 4 marks)
2, (a) Table I below represents the first three periods of the Periodic Table of (ii) By considering the relevant graph comment on the half-life of Sample B.
elements. (1 mark )
(iii ) Why are the points on the graph of Sample B not exactly on the line even
though the ratemeter was not faulty?( 1 mark )
(iv) What difference, if any, would be noticed if the graph of sample B was
heated? (1 mark)
(v) Sample B is an isotope of thorium (Th) with a proton number of 90 and a neutron
number of 142. It decays by the emission of an alpha particle to form radium (Ra).
Write a nuclear reaction to represent this decay. (3 marks)
Total 16 marks
(i) The atomic number of chlorine (Cl) is 17. How many protons are there in
one atom of silicon (Si)? (1 mark )
3. A family uses electricity for heating water used in their home. The 1.5 kW (c) One of the reasons for having a glass cover over the collector plate of the
electric water-heater is controlled by a thermostat so that it is switched on for an solar water-heater shown in Figure 4-above, is to take advantage of the
average of four hours each day. glass-house (or green-house) effect.
Explain the glass-house effect (3 marks)
(a) A simplified diagram of the thermostat is shown in Figure 3 below. Total 14 marks

4. Figure 5 below shows a wire. XY, between the poles of a magnet connected
to a centre-zero galvanometer, G.

(a) What would you expect to observe on the galvanometer if the

following actions were carried out?

(i) Explain how the thermostat works. ( 3 marks) (i) The wire is moved up and down. (2 marks)
(ii) What would be the effect on the working of the thermostat if
(ii) d with the iron uppermost?
the bi-metallic strip were inserte The wire is moved up and down faster. (1 mark)
(2 marks)
(iii) tion of the water-heater if
(b) (i) What is the cost per year of the opera The wire is moved from pole to pole horizontally. (1 mark )
one kilowatt-hour costs 40 cents?
(4 marks) (iv) The magnet poles are moved up and down with the wire
stationary. (1 mark)
(ii) To save money the family considers installing a solar water-
heater costing $4,400. How many years must pass before the cost of (b) Figure 6 below shows two coils, side by side, in separate circuits, A and B.
the solar heater is equal to the cost of the electrical energy saved (the
"pay-back time")? ( 2 marks)

Describe what you would expect to observe on the centre-zero galvanometer

when the switch in Circuit A
(i) is closed (1 mark )
(ii) remains closed (1 mark )
(iii) is opened (1 mark)
 June 1995 Paper 3
1. Two mechanics use ropes to lift an engine out of a car. The ropes are at an
angle of 45° to the horizontal, see diagram below. Both men pull with the
same force. i.e., 400 N.

(a)Draw a vector diagram showing how the TWO forces can be added to give
an upward force to balance the weight of the engine, and find the weight of the
engine. (5 marks)
(b) (i)Explain why it is easier to use a pulley system than to use the ropes
attached to the engine. (1 mark )

(ii) Suggest TWO ways that energy would be wasted by the pulley system
so that it would not be 100% efficient. ( 2 marks)

(iii) Describe fully how you would measure the efficiency of such a pulley
system in the laboratory. (5 marks)
(c) The forearm is a lever in which the bicep muscles provide an upward
(i) The symbol for a transformer is shown above. Complete the circuit diagram force which can raise the arm and carry a load. The diagram below
to show how a transformer, together with the components listed below, represents the forearm as it holds a load of 60 N. The forearm has a
could be used to charge a 12 V car battery from a 120 V mains supply. weight of 25 N and the centre of gravity, G. of the forearm is marked
Components: Rectifier diode, variable resistor. ammeter along with the point, P, at which it pivots on the adjoining bone.

The variable resistor and ammeter are used to obtain the correct charging (i) Use the principle of moments to calculate the fore. B. exerted by the
current through the battery. (5 marks) biceps to hold the arm and load stationary.

(ii) The potential difference from the secondary cod of such a transformer is (ii jThe adjoining bone pushes down or. the forearm at the point, P, with a
18 V, and the charging current through the 12 V battery is 2 A. What is force. R. By considering the upward and downward forces calculate the
the value of the variable resistance? value of R. ( 7 marks)
( 3 marks) Total
16 marks Total 20 marks
 Three resistors are arranged as in the diagram above.
(i) Calculate the total effective resistance between A and B. (4 marks)
(ii) A p.d. of 12 V is found to exist between A and B. Calculate the value
of the current. I, flowing into the junction at A. (2 marks)
(iii) Determine the current in the 6 ohm resistor. (2 marks)
2. (a) (iv) Total 20 marks

3. (a) Given a straight vibrator and a ripple tank, describe how you would
demonstrate the reflection and refraction of water waves. Draw
diagrams to represent what would be observed in EACH
case. (8 marks)

The diagram above shows a double mains outlet of a type common in the (b) Ultra-sound (high frequency sound) is used in medicine to perform
Caribbean. Are these outlets in series or parallel? Explain why they are internal investigations upon patterns.
connected in this way. (3 marks)
As the ultra-sound passes from muscle into bone, some is reflected and
(b) An extension cord is rated at 10 A — meaning that it might overheat if the some is refracted. The diagram below represents a beam of ultra-
current exceeds this value. Use the information below to calculate the sound incident upon a muscle/bone boundary.
current that would flow through the extension cord if both appliances were
used at the same time.
Appliance Power Voltage
Electric Iron 960 W 120 V
Hair-drier 600 W 120 V

Would it be safe to use the cord with an electric iron and a hair-drier at the same
time?
(4 marks)
(c) Describe how you would perform an experiment to test the hypothesis that
the sum of the currents in the branches of a parallel circuit is equal to the Medium Speed of Ultra-sound
current entering the parallel section. Include with your description a
Air 330ms-1
circuit diagram showing clearly the position(s) of any
meters) you would use. (5 marks) Muscle 1 600 m s -1
Bone 4 000 ms -1
 (i) The ultra-sound used has a frequency of 8.0 x 10 6 Hz. Calculate the
wavelength of the ultra-sound in bone. (3 marks) 5. (a) State Newton's THREE laws of motion.

(ii) Use the information in the table to calculate the angle of refraction in the
bone. Copy and complete the diagram to show what happens to the ultra- A communication satellite travels in a circular orbit around the Earth. Explain (i)
sound. (5 marks) how this circular motion is maintained and (ii) the way in which Newton's third
law applies to the satellite.(8 marks)
(iii) Ultra-sound can be totally reflected at certain boundaries. What is the
critical angle for ultra-sound incident upon the muscle-bone boundary? (b)An oil drilling platform. or mass 8.0 x 10 7kg. is being towed at a speed of 0.75
Is total reflection possible as ultra-sound. travelling in muscle, meets the air? ms-1 by tugs to its working position. When the platform is rear to its working
Explain your answer. (4 marks) position, the rugs are disconnected and the platform slows down.
Total 20 marks (i) If the deceleration of the platform is 7.5x 10-3 m, what is the unbalanced
force acting on it and how long would it take to come to a halt? (6 marks)
4. Suppose you are employed by a school as a temporary laboratory technician. One
day the physics teacher asks you to set out and test equipment so that the (ii) What momentum did the platform possess when it was moving with a speed
students can perform an experiment to determine the specific neat capacity of of 0.75ms-1, and what was the change of momentum per second as it slowed to a
a liquid, using an electrical heating method. halt? (6 marks)

(a) List the apparatus you would set out, apart from the electrical heater Total 20 marks
and the liquid. for EACH group of students. (5 marks)

(b) Draw and label a diagram of the circuit you would use to perform the
experiment. (3 marks)
The teacher then tells you that EACH group is to be provided with 200 g of a
liquid with a specific heat capacity of 2 200 J K-1 kg -1 . She would like the
liquid to have a temperature rise of 15 K in 5 minutes, but there are no
suitable heaters in the laboratory. She asks you to make some heaters using
nichrome wire. (See diagram below.)

(c) Determine one quantity of thermal energy required for this

temperature rise, and the power of the required heater. ( 6 marks)

(d) If the supply voltage is 11 V calculate the resistance of the wire and
the length needed for EACH heater if the resistance is 10 ohm per meter. ( 6
marks)
Total 20 marks
 1994 Paper 2
1. Table 1 below gives information related to pan of a natural radioactive series. It 2.
shows that Element A emits a beta-particle and a gamma-ray and changes into
Element B. Element B then undergoes a radioactive change to become
Element C and so on.

Element Atomic Mass Radiation Half life

number number emitted
A 83 214 β,γ 20 minutes

B 84 214 1.6 x 10-4 sec

C 82 210 19 years
D 83 210 β 5 days
E 84 210 α 138 days
F Stable Figure 1 above represents a 'dimmer' in a house lighting circuit. The brightness of the
—
lamp may be altered using the variable resistor. X. The supply voltage (p.d.) is 220 V
Table 1 and the resistance of the lamp is 440 Ω

(a) What is a beta particle? (1 mark) (a) With the variable resistor set at zero resistance, calculate
(b) What u a gamma ray? (1 mark) (i) the current in the circuit (3 marks)
(c) What are the atomic number and mass number of an alpha particle? (ii) the power output of the lamp. (3 marks)
(b) With the variable resistor set at its maximum value of 660 Ω. Calculate
Atomic No Mass No (2 marks)
(i) the current in the circuit (2 marks)
(d) Name the radioactive emission when Element B changes to Element C. and (ii) the potential difference across the lamp (2 marks)
Element C to Element D. (iii) the power output of the lamp (2 marks)
C to D (2 marks) (iv) the rate at which energy is supplied to the circuit. (2 marks)
(c) State the atomic number and mass number of Element F. ( 2 marks) (c) Account for any difference between the answers to (iii) and (iv) above.
(1 mark )
(f) How many protons and neutrons does the nucleus of Element D contain ? Total 15 marks
(2 marks)

(g) Name a pair of elements in Table I that are ISOTOPES of the same
element. ...................................................................................(1 mark )
(h) Explain what is meant by the half-life of a radioactive isotope. ( 1 mark )

(i) If the activity of a sample of Element D at a certain time is 600 emissions

per second.
calculate the activity of the sample 15 days later.
(3 marks)
Total 15 marks
3. (a) Light and sound are both forms of waves. State TWO differences
between light waves and sound waves. ( 2 marks)
4.

A plank of wood is used to help lift a heavy box. (weight 1000N), into the back of a
truck as shown in Figure 3 above. The plank is 10 m long and the object rises to a
vertical height of 1.5 m. A force of 180 N is used to pull the object along the plank.
(a) Define the unit of energy the joule. (2 marks)

(b) Determine the change in gravitational potential energy of the box as it is lifted
into the truck (3 marks)
(b) The diagram above shows a loudspeaker at the end of a room with an (c) How much work is done by the 180 N force? (3 marks)
open door leading into another room. A sound of frequency 255 Hz is
emitted. (d) State the principle of conservation of energy and use it to explain why your
answers to (b) and (c) above are not the same. ( 4 marks)
(i) Draw ON THE DIAGRAM a representation of the sound wave (e) Consider the plank of wood as a simple machine and calculate its efficiency.
emerging from the door. (2 marks) (3 marks)
(ii) Why is someone standing at Point T able to hear the sound but Total 15 marks
not able to see the loudspeaker? (3 marks)
(iii) If the speed of sound is 340 m s -1. Calculate the wavelength of
the sound waves. (3 marks)

(c) In a storm the lightning is often seen a considerable time before the
thunder is heard.

(ii) Account for this fact. (2 marks)

(ii) If the lightning is seen 8 seconds before the thunder is heard,

calculate the distance of the thunder cloud from the observer.
(2 marks)
What assumption have you made in your calculation in (ii) above?
(1 mark)

Total 15 marks
 June 1994 Paper 3 (ii) Calculate the value of the critical angle for ice. (3 marks)
1.(a) A girl, seated in an aeroplane that is preparing to take-off has to fasten her (iii) Draw a large diagram to show the path of the ray of light
seat belt. Describe the motion of the girt relative to the ground and identify through the ice. Mark the sizes of the angles of incidence and show
the forces if any, causing her motion clearly where the ray leaves the ice.
(i) when the plane is taxiing at a steady speed to the end of the runway (6 marks)
Total 20 marks
(ii) when the plane is accelerating down the runway 3. a) Describe an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity of a
metal.
(iii) if the plane has to stop suddenly. [ 6 marks) Make clear how you would calculate the specific heat capacity from
your readings. State what precautions you would take to ensure that the
(b). An aeroplane of mass 2 x 10 5 kg starts from rest at the end of the result is accurate.
runway and accelerates uniformly at 1.6 m s -2 until it attains a speed of
180 km h-1 (50 m s -1).
Calculate
(i) the time spent during acceleration
(ii) the accelerating force
(iii) the kinetic energy gained. (9 marks)

The pilot now decides to abort the take-off and manages to stop the
aeroplane while travelling 500m further down the runway. Describe the
energy transformation that takes place as the aeroplane stops and
determine the size of the average retarding force.
(5 marks)
Total 20 marks

2(a) (i) In terms of the wave theory, explain why refraction of light
occurs. Illustrate your answer with a labelled diagram. (4 marks) b) Ahen incubates her eggs at 38 C for three weeks until they hatch. A
(iii) With the aid of ray diagrams, explain the terms 'refractive index' farmer decides to incubate some eggs. He makes an incubator as shown by
and criticalangle'. (4 marks) Figures 2 and 3 above.
Outline the mechanisms by which the eggs are kept warm by the
hen and in the incubator. (4 marks)

(ii) Suggest TWO methods by which the farmer can alter the temperature of
the eggs.
Explain how EACH method works. (4 marks)

(iii) EACH egg in the incubator has a mass of 0.06 kg and a specific heat capacity of
4000 J kg -1 K -1 In order to keep the eggs at a constant temperature of 38 °C.
EACH egg must receive heat energy at a rate of 3 W. I f the lamp is switched
off, how long will it take for the temperature of the eggs to fall to 36 °C
(4 marks)

A ray of light hits a block of ice at P. as shown in the diagram above. Total 20
The refractive index of ice is 1.6. marks
(i) Calculate the angle of refraction of the ray of light incident at P.
(3 marks)
4.(a) Draw a labelled diagram of a simple moving-coil loudspeaker. (6 marks)
(b) Explain what would happen if sound waves were incident on such a
loudspeaker.
(2 marks)

(c) The amplifier of a radio is connected to the loudspeaker via a transformer. The
transformer has 1 000 turns in the primary coil and 200 turns in the secondary
which is connected to the coil of the speaker. The coil of the speaker has a
resistance of 4 Ω.

When the radio is turned on. the power delivered to the speaker is 0.1
W. Calculate
(i) the current flowing in the loudspeaker and the p.d. across it (6 marks)
(ii) the current flowing in the primary of the transformer and the p.d. across it.
(6 marks)

Total 20 marks

5.(a) Sketch a graph to show the variation of current with applied potential
difference for a filament lamp and state how the lamp's resistance changes as
the current increases. (4 marks)

(b)Christmas tree lights are connected in sets which are either in series or
parallel. State and explain what you would observe if a bulb were to blow in
EACH case. (4 marks)

(c) A set of Christmas tree lights consists of eight 15 W bulbs in series,

whilst a second set has eight 15 W bulbs in parallel. A salesman tells a
customer that the sets of lights will draw identical currents when plugged into
the 120 V mains supply.

(i) Determine the potential difference and current for EACH bulb in the two sets
and hence determine whether the salesman is correct. (8 marks)
(ii)Calculate the cost of operating EACH set of lights for 10 hours if electricity
costs $1.50 per kWh. (4 marks)

Total 20 marks
 June 1993 P 2
1. A length of paper tape is pulled through a timer by a toy car. The timer
makes one dot on the tape every 0.02 s. A section of the tape, drawn full
size, is shown in Figure 1 below.

A second length of papa tape is pulled through the same timer by a toy
truck. A section of this tape, also drawn full size, is shown in Figure 2
below.

(i) What time interval is represented between the first and last dots on
the tape in Figure 1 and in Figure 2?
(2 marks)
(ii) By considering displacements from A in EACH case. complete the
following tables:

Time/s 0 0. 0.04

Displacement/ cm 0 12 2.4 2.(a) (i) Define 'specific heat capacity'

(ii) Explain what is meant by the term 'efficiency'. (4 marks)
CAR—Table 1 (b) A large amount of the thermal energy produced in modern power stations
is wasted.
(i)state the useful energy changes taking place in an oil-fired power station.
Time/s 0.0 0.02 0.04 (3 marks)
Displacement/cm 0.0 0.2 0.8 (ii) In such a power station thermal energy is wasted at the ram of 660 MW .
How many Joules of energy are wasted in ONE second'?
TRUCK — Table 2 (1 mark)
(4 marks) (iii) A nearby river is used to absorb the waste heat. A mass of 6 ×10 4 kg of
(iii) Use the information in the completed Tables 1 and 2 above to plot water passes the power nation every second. What is the temperature rise of the
displacement (x) — time (t) graphs on the axes provided on the next water if it absorbs all the waste heat?? [Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 J
page. (6 marks) kg -1 K -1]
(iv) Describe briefly the motion of the toy car and the toy truck.
(2 marks) (iv)An alternative way of disposing of the waste heat is to use it to evaporate
(v) Use the information in the completed Table 2 to water in the power nation.
determine the average speed of the truck over the total How much water would have to be evaporated EACH second if the latent heat
time interval. of vaporisation of water is 2.3 × 106 (3 marks)

(2 marks) (v) The electricity is produced in the power station at a potential of 6 600 V
and this is raised to 132 000 V for distribution.
Total 16 marks State how the potential is raised and give ONE advantage of transmitting at a
higher potential. (2 marks) Total 16 marks
 1993 Paper 3
3. (a) The danger of electrical shock to the human body depends largely on the 1. (a) Distinguish between kinetic energy and gravitational potential energy.
body's resistance. With dry hands. this resistance is about 100 kΩ but it falls to (2 marks)
1 kΩ when the hands am wet. A current of about 10 mA causes slight shock, (b) A stone is dropped from the top of a building onto the ground. Neglecting
wheras a current of about 1.0 A can cause death. air resistance, compare its kinetic energy and its gravitational potential
(i) No current flows when someone touches just ONE terminal of a 12 V energy
car battery. Explain this fact (1 mark) (i) at the point of release and
(ii) A boy touches one terminal of a 12 V car battery with his right hand and (ii) half-way down.
the other terminal with his left hand at the same time. Calculate how much Explain whether or not the stone possesses any kinetic energy or
current flows in EACH of the cases below: gravitational potential energy when it is lying on the grand. (4 marks)
What effect, if any. does the current have on the boy in
EACH case? (7 marks) (c) For smaller buildings, engineer; design elevators to travel slowly because it is
(b) During a heart attack, the heart beats very irregularly. The heart may resume more economical
its normal beat if a large current is passed through the body for a short time. An elevator driven by an electric motor carries a group of people. of total
This current can be supplied by a machine which stores a charge of 4 x 10 -2 C mass 900 kg. to the upper floor of a building. The mass of 900 kg accelerates
at a potential of 6 000 V. uniformly from rest to a speed of 4 m s -1, in a time of 3 s, and continues at
this speed until it is brought to rest by applying brakes.
(i)Calculate the electrical energy that is stored in the machine. (3 marks)
(ii) The total charge is passed in a current which lasts 5 ms. Calculate this (i) Calculate the acceleration of the total mass and the force required to produce
current this acceleration.
(3 marks) (ii) Determine the maximum kinetic energy attained by the 900 kg mass.
Total 14 marks
(iii) If the maximum speed reached were 2 m s-1, what would have been other
4. Short wavelength radio waves (microwaves) have many applications, e.g. in value of the accelerating fate and of the maximum kinetic energy?
weather stations.
(iv) Explain why it is more economical to run slow elevators. (14 marks)
(i) The radar used in weather stations transmits microwaves of frequency 3 Total 20 marts
× 10 9 Hz. These are emitted in pulses EACH of 1.0 × 10 -6 s duration.
Calculate: - the wavelength of the radiation 2. (a) The atmospheric pressure on a roof is 1.0 x 105 Pa.
- the number of waves animal in a pulse (i) Give an equivalent unit for the Pascal (Pa).
(Speed of electromagnetic waves = 3 × 108 m s-1 )
(ii) The power of the transmitter is 200 kW. What is the total energy in a (ii) Explain in terms of the particle theory of gases, how this pressure arises
pulse? (4 marks)
(3 marks) (b) When a volatile liquid evaporates, the remaining liquid cools. Explain the
(iii) After the emission of a pulse, nothing is transmitted for one millisecond. cooling in terms of the particle theory of matter. (4 marks)

Calculate how far the pulse travels us this time. (3 marks) (c) A solar cooker consists mainly of a curved reflecting metal surface that
(iv) To detect a daunt object, the pulse is reflected from it and must return focuses sunlight onto a pot containing food to be cooked The reflecting surface has
to the weather station before another pulse is emitted. What is the an area of 0.6 m2 and the solar power incident on it is 800 W m 2. Seventy-five per
furthest distance at which an object may be detected using this cent of the incident energy is absorbed by the pot and its contents and as
system? temperature rises by 70 oC in one hour.
(2 marks)
Total 14 marks (i) Calculate the energy that is incident on the reflecting surface every second.

(ii) Determine how much energy is absorbed by the pot and its contents during the
hour.
 (ii) Represent the formation and decay of cobalt 60 by two balanced
(iii) How much thermal energy is required to increase the temperature by 70 °C nuclear equations
if the heat capacity of the pot and its contents is 8 000 J K -1 ? Explain why
this value of energy is not the same as that in (ii) above. (iii) Determine the number of half-lives for cobalt 60 in a period of
(12 marks) 26 years and hence calculate how much of a 8.0 g sample of
cobalt 60 will remain after this period.
Total 20 marks
3. (a)Newton investigated light and observed that light of several colours (12 marks)
appeared on a scram when white light was passed through a prism. Total 20 marts
Use fully labelled diagrams to illustrate how Newton used two prisms to
show that
5. (a)State what is meant by the term 'magnetic field' and slaw how the direction
(i) the different colours were merely components of white light and of the field is defined. (2 marks)
not the result of the interation of white light with the material of
the prism (b) Sketch (i) the magnetic flux pattern (magnetic field) around
a long straight current
(ii) any single colour produced by one prism could NOT be split into carrying wire
other colours.
( 8 marks) (ii) the magnetic flux pattern mound the current-carrying wire
when it is placed perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field.
(b) A converging lens of focal length 10.0 cm is used in a projector to form Indicate on the diagram the direction of the force on the
an enlarged image of a slide on a screen. The slide is 4.0 cm high and is wire. (6 marks)
placed 12.0 an from the lens. Determine by scale drawing on graph
paper (i) the position at which the screen should be placed to receive a (c) The diagram below shows the earpiece of a telephone. Explain how
sharp image and (ii) the sire of the image. (7 marks) the earpiece produces sound.

(c) In some older people. the eye lens becomes opaque. This condition is
known as a cataract and is sometimes corrected by removal of the eye
lens. Use a diagram to illustrate what effect this removal of the lens will
have on the eye's ability to form images on the ream and state what type
of spectacle lens may correct this problem. (5 marks)
Total 20 marks

4. (a)Outline (i) the Rutherford model of the atom and (ii) the Thomson
model of the atom. Explain bow the results of the Geiger-Marsden
experiment supported only one of these two
models. (8 marks)
60
(b)Cobalt 60 ( 27 Co ) is one of the mom widely used radio-isotopes in
the treatment of cancer.
h is formed from natural cobalt by the capture of a neuron and it has a
half-life of 5.2 years. It decays into Nickel (Ni) by the simultaneous
emission of a beta particle and two gamma rays.
(d) A step-up transformer. which may be considered to be ideal, has an
(i) Which of the two emissions is more likely to be used in the
output voltage, Vs. of 1,800 V when its primary is connected to a 120
cream= of cancer and why?
 V mains supply.

(i) If the number of turns in the primary is 100, how many turns are
there in the secondary?

(ii) If the current drawn by the load in the secondary is 0.5 A. what
is the current in the primary? (6 marks)

(e) Someone suggests that for an ideal step-up transformer, the law of
conservation of energy is violated since the output voltage Vs . is
greater than the input voltage, Vp . How would you convince him that
the law is not violated? (2 marks)
Total 20 marks
END OF TEST
 June 1992 Paper 2 [Specific heat capacity of water = 4.2 x10 3 J kg -1 K-1]
1. (a) Identify the following materials as good or poor thermal and electrical [Specific latent heat of fusion of ice = 3.3 x 10 5 J kg -1 ]
conductors by writing the words 'GOOD' or 'POOR' in the spaces
provided.
2. There are now several artificial satellites orbiting the earth. A student suggests
that these satellites can remain in orbit because they have escaped the earth's
THERMAL ELECTRICAL gravity.
MATERIAL CONDUCTOR CONDUCTOR
(i) Explain why these satellites would not stay in orbit if the student's
Air suggestion were correct. (2 marks)
(ii) A weather satellite orbits at a height of 800 km above the surface of the
Mercury earth.
Aluminium Calculate the tune taken for radio waves to arrive at the earth's surface
after being transmitted from the satellite.
(3 marks) [Speed of electromagnetic waves=3.0 x l0 8 m s -1] (3 marks)
(b) The diagram below represents an ice-cream maker in which the
temperature of the ice-cream mixture is reduced by surrounding it with (iii) If the mass of the satellite is 27 kg, what is the gain in gravitational
ice and salt. potential energy by the satellite as it is lifted from the earth's surface to
its orbital height?
[Assume that there is no change in the force of gravity up to this height.]
(3 marks)
(iv) If the satellite takes 100 minutes to complete one revolution of the earth,
calculate its speed and kinetic energy given that the length of its orbit is
4.5 x 107 m. ______________________________ (5 marks)
(v) The radio signal is received from the satellite by an aerial with a concave
parabolic reflector. With the aid of a diagram, explain why a parabolic
reflector is used. (3 marks)
Total 16 marks
(i) Indicate on the diagram by means of an arrow, the direction of
heat flow between the mixture and the ice/salt (1 mark ) 3. (a) At the beginning of the twentieth century, scientists believed that neither
matter nor energy could be created or destroyed. The work of a great
(ii) Explain why the inner container is made of a good thermal scientist showed that in fact. for a chased system the total amount of mass-
conductor while the outer container is made of a poor thermal conductor. energy remains constant.
(2 marks) (i) Name the scientist referred to in the statement above.
(c) 0.30 kg of ice at 0 °C is placed in a container. (l mark)
(i) How much energy is required to completely melt the ice? (ii) Give the equation for the mass-energy relationship in a nuclear
(3 marks) reaction. State clearly what EACH symbol represents
(ii) How much energy is required to raise the temperature of the melted (3 marks)
ice to 15 °C? 235
(3 marks) (b) During a nuclear fission reaction. the uranium isotope 92U absorbs a
(iii) Some water at 30 °C is added to 0.30 kg of ice at 0 °C. The ice melts neutron and splits into Barium (Ba), Krypton (Kr) and two neutrons,
and the final temperature of all the water is 15 °C. with the release of energy.
Use your answers to (i) and (ii) above to determine the mass of water This is represented in the equation below:
added. U + 01n→144
235
92 56 Ba + 36 Kr + 2 0 n + Energy
90 1
(4 marks)
 (a) The diagram above represents a d.c. dynamo.
The table below gives the masses of the particles involved in this reaction. (i) Write in the name of the components labelled A, B, C and D on the
dotted lines provided.
(4 marks)
The terminals X and Y are connected to a 2 Ohm resistor. The peak
PARTICLE MASS/kg
value of the potential difference is 4 V.
Neutron 1.675 × 10 -27 (ii) Calculate the peak value of the output current (1
mark)
Uranium 390.989×10 -27 (iii) The coil makes 10 revolutions in one second. On the axes below,
sketch a graph to represent the variation of output current with time
Barium 238.893 ×10 -27 during the rust two revolutions of the coil. Indicate the scale used on
Krypton 149.241×10 -27 EACH axis

(i) What is the total mass of the uranium nucleus and the neutron?(1 mark )
(ii) What is the total mass of the two nuclei and the two neutrons produced as a
235
result of the fusion of U?
92 (2 marks)
(iii) How much energy is produced as a result of the fission reaction?
(Speed of light = 3.0 × 10 8 m s -1) (3 marks)
235
(c) The fission of U yields approximately one million times as much energy
92
as the burning of an equal mass of oil Fission is therefore used in nuclear reactors to
provide electrical energy. If the number of turns of wire on the coil is increased, with no other
However, that are disadvantages in using this method. change, state the effect, if any, on
(i) State TWO DISADVANTAGES of generating electrical energy using
nuclear fission reactors. (2 marks) (iv) the frequency of the output current (1
(ii) Scientists estimate that every second the sun's mass is reduced by 4× 10 mark)
9
kg.
Name and explain the process that lends to this reduction in mass. (v) the peak value of the output current. (1 mark)
(4 marks) If instead of increasing the number of turns of wire, the speed of
Total 16 marks rotation of the soil is increased with no other change, vase the effect, if
any, on
4.
(vi) the frequency of the output current (1 mark)

(vii) the peak value of the output current (1 mark)

(b) A mechanic states that a transformer cannot be used with the d.c.
dynamo to obtain a higher potential difference as transformers work
only with alternating current.

State whether the mechanic is correct and explain your answer.

(4 marks) Total 16 marks
 A loudspeaker such as that mentioned in (i) and (ii) is positioned in a
5. (a) The diagram below shows plane water waves incident on a gap. corridor. 1 metre wide as shown in the diagram above.
An observer notices that when she stands at X. she hears equally well from the
three speakers. However, when she stands at Y. she hears mainly from one
speaker and much less from the others.
(iii) From which speaker does she hear most sound when standing at Y?
(1 mark)
(iv) With reference to the data in the table and diagram on page 10. give an
explanation for her observations while at Y.(2 marks)

(c) The waveforms shown in the diagrams below represent three different sounds.

(i) Draw the waves after they have passed through the gap. (2 marks)
(ii) What name is given to this effect? (1 mark )
(b) Some sound systems have three loudspeakers to cater for the full range of
frequencies to be transmitted. The following table gives the wavelength
ranges for three speakers and frequency
ranges for two of them.

Speaker Frequency range/Hz Wavelength range/m

Woofer(low range) 14-.35
Squawker(medium range) 1,000-10,000 0.35-.035
Tweeter(high range) 3,500-20,000 0.1-0.018

(i) From the information given for the squawker. calculate the velocity of
sound. (2 marks)
(ii) Determine the missing frequency range and insert it in the table
above. (2 marks)

Compare the loudness and pitch of

(i) P and Q (2marks)
A - tweeter
(ii) Q and R (2 marks)
B - squawker
(iii) Explain in what other way sounds P and Q differ.
C - woofer
(2 marks)
Total 16 marks
 June 1992 P3 (e) Read off from the graph the value of h which corresponds to v = 9.0 m s -1.
SECTION I (2 marks)
You must answer the question in this section. (f) (i) Calculate the kinetic energy the athlete would have when his
No more than ½ hour should be spent on speed was 9.0 m if his mass were 80 kg.
this question. (ii)If this kinetic energy were all converted into potential energy, what increase
in height of the centre of gravity would you expect?
(iii) What total height would he achieve in this case? (7 marks)
[g = 10m s -2]
(g) Suggest TWO possible causes to account for the difference between
this total height and the corresponding value from the graph. (2 marks)
Total 30 marks
SECTION II
Answer ANY THREE questions in this section.
2.. (a) Aristotle and Newton had different ideas about forces and the
relationship between force and motion. State Aristotle's and Newton's
views on any forces acting on
(i) a stationary car
(ii) the car moving at a constant velocity, v
(iii) the same car moving at a higher constant velocity, 2 v . (6
marks)

In pole vaulting, most of the kinetic energy that an athlete possesses at the
end of his run-up is converted into gravitational potential energy. The
centre of gravity of the athlete is raised from a height, h, to a height, h. It is
known that the height that he achieves depends on his speed at the end of
his run-up. The data in the table below were obtained for an athlete while
pole vaulting.
Height Speed. v 2/m 2 s-2
-1
achieved. v/ms
3.3 7.25
3.8 7.80
4.2 8.40
4.5 8.80
4.9 9.35
5.3 9.70 The graph above represents the motion of a car of mass 500 kg. The car
(a) Calculate the values of v and, IN YOUR ANSWER BOOKLET, accelerates from rest to a velocity of 25 m s '.
tabulate these values of v 2 (i) Define acceleration and use the graph to determine the acceleration of the
along with the corresponding values of the height achieved. (3 marks) car. Calculate the net force acting on the car to produce this acceleration. (8
(b) Starting both scales from 0, plot a graph of v2 (y axis) against h (x marks)
axis). (9 marks) (ii) The 500 kg car travelling at 25 m s" now collides head-on with another of
(c) Determine the slope of the graph. (5 marks) mass
(d) The intercept ho on the x- axis represents the height of the centre of 800 kg travelling at 18 m s -1 in the opposite direction and they move together
gravity of the athlete after impact What is the magnitude of their velocity just after impact and in
above the ground before he takes off. Determine ho from the graph.(2 marks) what direction do they move off? (6 marks)
Total 20 marks
 4 (a) Describe with the aid of a diagram, an investigation to measure the
3. The diagram below represents apparatus which can be used to investigate the critical angle of glass or perspex. (8 marks)
relation between the pressure and volume of a fixed mass of gas at a constant (b) An object is at the bottom of a water-filled tank. When it is viewed
temperature. from above it does not appear to be at its actual position. Draw a ray diagram
to illustrate this and state what is observed. (4 marks)

The figure above represents a ray of light leaving a light pipe through
the face Y Z. The light ray is incident at M at an angle of 68° to the
normal. Given that the critical angle is 42° for the glass-air interface,
calculate
(t) the refractive index of the glass
(a) Describe how you might use this apparatus to carry out the
investigation. (ii) the angle of refraction at the face Y Z. (8 marks)
How would you attempt to maintain a constant temperature (6 marks) Total 20
marks
(b) (i) A bottle is partially filled with hot water at 70 °C and then corked.
Calculate the pressure of the air in the bottle when the water has cooled to 30 5. (a) Describe. with the aid of a circuit diagram, how you could investigate the
°C. (Assume that the volume of air is constant.) relationship between current and potential difference fora small (24 W) filament
Atmospheric pressure = 100 kPa.. (4 marks) lamp, using a d.c. source. Sketch the graph of 1 against V that you would expect
to obtain from this investigation.
(ii) Use the kinetic theory to explain what causes the pressure of the air in the (8 marks)
bottle and why it changes when the temperature is lowered. (4 marks)
(b) Four 6 W parklights connected in parallel to the 12 V battery of a
(c) (i) A weather balloon. made of rubber, is used to carry motorcar are left on for a period of 8 hours. Calculate
instruments into the upper atmosphere. Why should it be only partially inflated
when it is released from the ground? (i) the total current drawn from the battery
(ii) the resistance of a single parklight what it is on
(ii) Manufacturers recommend a specific pressure for car tyres to (iii) the total energy supplied by the battery.
ensure best performance. Explain why the pressure of the air in car tyres should (9 marks)
be checked only after the car has been driven for some distance. (6 marks) (iv) A 15 V battery charger is used to replace the energy supplied by the battery.
Total 20 This provides a n e.m.f. of 3 V. If the charging current is 3 A. how long. would it
marks take to recharge the battery? (3 marks)

Total 20 marks
 6. (a) (i) The diagram below shows a Geiger-Muller tube.

Name the parts A. B and C and explain how the tube acts as a
detector of radioactive emissions. ( 6 marks)

(ii) Explain why a particles have a range of only a few centimetres in

air. ( 2 marks)

(iii) You are provided with a Geiger-Muller tuba and ratemeter and two unmarked
radio-active sources. One source emits only β particles and the other emits β
particles and γ rays. How would you differentiate between the two sources?
(5 marks)
(b) A sample of radioactive material was investigated by measuring its activity
(the number of disintegrations per minute) at intervals of one hour. The
results were plotted on a graph and the curve obtained is shown in Figure
I on page 7. Determine
(i) the time at which the activity was 3 x 10 4 min -1

(ii) the half-life of the material.

Use your answer to (ii) to calculate the time at which the activity would be 5 x 103
min-1.
(7 marks)
Total 20 marks
 June 91 Paper 2 2.(a)
1.

Figure 2 above shows the apparatus used to observe, through a microscope, small
graphite particles suspended in water. The graphite is seen as bright points of light.
(i) Describe what would be seen through the microscope as the particles are
observed for a few seconds. (2 marks)
(ii) If warmer water were used instead, what change in your observation would you
expect? (1 mark)
(iii) What conclusions can be drawn from these observations? (2 marks)

(b) The average speed of a perfume molecule at room temperature is about 100
metres per second. The speed at which the scent of perfume travels across a room
however, is much less than this. Explain this difference.
(i) How much energy does the refrigerator referred to in the (3 marks)
‘Energy guide’ above use per month?
(3 marks) (c) Use the kinetic theory to explain why
(ii) Assuming 1 month = 30 days, what is the average power
consumption (in watts) of the refrigerator? (i) putting more air in a car tyre increases its pressure(2 marks)
(ii) the pressure in a car tyre increases when it is hot. (2 marks)
(b) (i) The plug on the refrigerator has 3 pins. Name EACH pin.
(3 marks) (d) Nitrous oxide gas in a cylinder at 17 ° C exerts a pressure of 5.0 x 10 5 Pa.
(ii) Although the refrigerator would work if a two-pin plug were used, explain Before it is used it is warmed to 37 ° C. What is the new pressure?
why the manufacturer insists that the third pin must not be cut off.
(2 marks) 3. (a) Complete the following statements of Newton’s 1st and 3rd laws of
(iii) Mothers often complain about their children wasting electricity by motion.
repeatedly opening the refrigerator door because “the cold air falls our. Using 1st Law: An object remains at rest ............................................................................
the following data, calculate how much energy, in kilowatt hours, has to be
removed for the air in the refrigerator to be cooled from 30°C to 5 °C. 3rd Law: If an object A exerts a force on object B ....................................................
Volume of refrigerator = 0.40 m3 (4 marks)
Density of air = 1.29 kg m-3 (b) A passenger travelling on a bus falls forward when the bus stops
Specific beat capacity of air = 600 J kg -1 K -1 suddenly. Account for this in terms of Newton’s first law.
1kWh = 3.6x106J (5 marks) (2 marks)
Total 16 marks
 (c) The diagram below shows the Moon in its orbit around the Earth. 4. (a) A nuclide of uranium-238 is represented by the symbol
The Moon moves at constant speed. 238
U
92
(i) Draw on the diagram any force or forces acting on the Moon.
(i) How many neutrons does this nuclide have?
How many protons does this nuclide have?...... (2 marks)
(ii) The mass number of the uranium nuclide is 238. Using the
same notation, an electron is represented by

0
−1 e
Its mass number is O. Does this mean that the electron has zero
mass? Explain your answer.
......................................................................
......................................................................
......................................................................
(ii) How does Newton’s third law apply in this case? (2 marks)
(b) Uranium-238 dccays by emitting an alpha-particle to form thorium-234
A ball is thrown vertically upwards. Figure 3 (symbol Th). Complete the equation for this reaction.
above shows the position of the ball at equal
intervals of time. At A it is moving upwards 238
92U → 234 Th + He
and at B it has reached its highest point
(2 marks) .
(i) Draw on the diagram any force or (c) The thorium-234 decays, in turn, by beta – decay to form protactinium (symbol
forces acting on the ball at points A Pa). Complete the equation for this decay.
and B. IGNORING AIR 234
Th → Pa + e
RESISTANCE.
A radioactive material decays with a half-life of 3 days.
(i) Plot a graph to show how an initial mass of 8.00 g decays over a period of
(ii) State the magnitude of the
15 days. (5 marks)
acceleration of the ball at A and at B.
At A: ...................................................................................................................
(ii) How much of the radioactive material remains after 5 days? (1 mark)
At B: ..................................................................................................................
(iii) If the pressure on the material were 10 times greater, how much would remain
after 9 days?
. (1mark) Total 16 marks

5.
 June 1991 Paper 3
SECTION I

(a) Label the parts A, B, C. D in the diagram of the eye above. 1. The graph on the opposite page shows the current drawn by a small light
(4 marks) bulb for various applied p.d.’s.
The eye in Figure 4 above is long-sighted By drawing rays on the (a) With the aid of a circuit diagram. Describe how these values might have been
diagram, show how the long sightedness is corrected with the use of the obtained. (4 marks)
converging lens.(4 marks) (b) Use the graph to find the resistance of the bulb when the p.d. is 0.70 V.(3
(b) The spectacle lens used has a focal length of 80 cm. It produces a virtual marks)
image of the object being viewed. If the object is 10 cm high and 40 cm (c) Using the graph, draw up a table of values of the current f and the resistance
from the lens, find by completing the scale drawing below, the position R for at least eight different values of the p.d., V.
and magnification of the image. Plot a graph to show how the resistance of the light bulb varies with the
applied pd. (Attach this sheet to your answer booklet.)
(8 mark) What conclusion can you draw from the graph you have plotted? (20 marks)
Total 16 marks (d)The bulb is usually operated from a 2.8 V supply. Find its normal power. (3
marks)
Total 30 marks

SECTION II
Answer ANY THREE questions In this section.
2.(a) “Velocity is a vector quantity but speed is a scalar”. Explain what this
statement means, giving
TWO other examples of vectors and TWO examples of scalars. (4 marks)
(b) The following extract is taken from a letter to a Barbados newspaper.
“A truck with open platform, obviously intent on ‘beating’ the light rushes
onto the highway and turns sharply to the left .... On the platform are about
a dozen
concrete blocks.
I am sitting at the wheel of my car awaiting the green light. Well, the truck
duly makes its turn on to the highway but the concrete blocks ... have other
ideas ... they prefer to continue going straight ... towards me!

Fortunately, nearly all disintegrate into a powdery mess on the road, while one ...
crashes into my hubcap and wheel”.
Mark on a diagram the direction of the truck’s velocity at TWO different
instants. Hence, show that the truck is accelerating even though it has
constant speed. Add the direction of the acceleration to your diagram.
Explain why the blocks “prefer to continue going straight”. (6 marks)
 (a) A helicopter heads due North and has an airspeed of 80 km h -1. The wind
is blowing to the North-East at 33 km h -1. By means of a scale drawing,
find the magnitude and direction of the helicopter’s velocity relative to the
ground.
How far does the helicopter travel in 15 minutes? (10 marks)
Total 20 marks
3. (a) Describe the processes by which energy is (i) produced in the sun, (ii)
transmitted to the earth
and (iii) trapped by the atmosphere (the ‘glass-house effect’).(8 marks)
(b) Each square metre of the earth receives energy from the sun, at the rate of
730W. A solar pane of area 12 m 2 is exposed to the sun. Calculate the amount of
energy incident on the panel in 6 hours.
What mass of water could it heat from 30 ° C to 80 ° C between 9 am and 3 pm. ?
(9 marks)
A number of assumptions have been made in order to simplify the problem at (b) above
State THREE of these assumptions. (3 marks)
(The specific heat capacity of water is 4.2 x 10 3 J kg -1 K -1. )
Total 20 mark

4. (a) Describe, with the aid of diagrams where appropriate, observations

which lead us to believe that
(i) Light has wave properties.
(ii) The wavelength of light is much smaller than the wavelength of sound.
(8 marks)
(b) Plane sound waves travelling IN AIR are incident, at an angle, on a
flat water surface.’ Then wavelength is 5.0 m. The speed of sound in air is 300 m s
-1
, but in water it increases: to 1500m s -1.
Draw a diagram showing the approximate directions and wavelengths of the waves
as they cross the air-water boundary.
Calculate the frequency and wavelength of the sound waves in the water.
(7 marks)
(c) The sound waves can only enter the water if the angle of incidence is
small enough. Account for this observation and calculate the maximum
size of the angle of incidence for the sound to enter the water. (5
marks)
Total 20 mark
 June 1990 Paper 2

1. (a) Figure 1 represents a transverse wave on a string vibrating with a

frequency of 100 Hz.

(i) State the amplitude and wavelength of the wave. (2 marks)

(ii) Calculate the period and velocity of the wave. (3 marks)
(b)The diagrams in Figure 2 above show series of plane wavefronts approaching (i) a
narrow gap and (ii) a wide gap. Complete the diagrams to show the wavefronts after
they have passed. d through EACH gap. (4 marks)

(c) Figure 3 below shows plane electromagnetic wavefronts travelling in air with
velocity of 3.0 x 10 -8 m s -1, and meeting a plane refracting surface at an angle of
30°. The wavelength of the waves in air is 4.0 x 10 -7 m and the velocity of the waves
in the second medium is 2.2 x 108 m.

Calculate:
(i) The frequency of the waves in air (2 marks)
(ii) The wavelength of the waves in the second medium and the angle of refraction
(5 marks) Total 16 marks
2. (a) A car engine converts chemical energy into mechanical energy. Even in
well designed alp however, the efficiency is not usually greater than 35%.

(i) Give the formula for calculating the efficiency of the engine. (2 marks)

(ii) A car uses gasolene of energy content 40 MJ per litre. If its engine is 30%
efficient how much useful work does it do for every litre of gasolene consumed? (2
marks)
(iii) The car, travelling at constant speed, experiences an average retarding force of
120N. How far can the car travel on 1 litre of gas? (3 marks)

(b) The diagram in Figure 4 below represents a hydraulic machine used for lifting
cars.

(iii) How were the alpha-particles detected?( 1mark )

(iv) Explain why most of the alpha-particles were able to pass through the foil
undeviated.
(v) The Geiger-Marsden experiment supported a particular model of the atom. Name
ONE scientist who had proposed another model just before this one.
Briefly describe the model proposed before the one supported by the Geiger-Marsden
experiment. (2 marks)
(b) The following represents two nuclear reactions:
216
84 Po→ 212
82 Pb + X
212
82 Pb→ 212
83 Bi + Y
Name the emissions X and Y and write the symbols for them. (4 marks)
A small force applied at the small movable piston A, is capable of supporting a large (c) The activity of a sample of a radioactive element decreases to 1/4 of its original
weight at the large piston B, for example a car on the hoist. value in one hour.
Calculate the half-life of the sample. (3 marks)
(i) State the principle on which the action of this machine is based. Total 16 marks
( 2 marks)
(ii) Explain how the principle is applied to obtain a force great enough to
support a car. (2 marks)
(iii) A force of 480 N is applied to the piston, A, which has an area of 0.01 m2. 4. (a) (i) There is evidence that suggests that all matter is made up of particles. With reference to
What is the resulting press= on the liquid? (2 marks) this statement, draw diagrams to illustrate the difference between the structure of liquid and that of
(iv) What is the pressure on the large piston? (1mark ) gases.(3 marks)

3 (a) In the Geiger-Marsden experiment represented in Figure 5 above, a stream of (ii) Explain why gases are more easily compressed than liquids. (3 marks)
alpha-particles, travelling in a vacuum, struck a piece of thin gold foil. The
behaviour of the alpha-particles was observed.
(i) State the composition of an alpha-particle. (2 marks)
(ii) Why was a vacuum necessary? ( 2 marks)
 5 (a)

The graphs above represent the variation with time of the output current from an
alternating current (a.c.) generator and a dry cell in separate circuits.
(i) State the essential difference between direct current and alternating current
( 2 marks)
(ii) A split-ring commutator is now connected to the a.c. generator. On the axes below,
draw a graph to represent the output current assuming no other change in the circuit

Figure 6 above shows the experimental arrangement used to investigate how the
volume of a fixed mass of air varies with temperature. Readings were taken of the
length of the air column for a range of temperatures which was then converted to
kelvin temperatures.

(i) Sketch the graph you would expect to obtain as a result of plotting the length
of the air column against the kelvin temperature, T. (2 marks) (3 marks)
(ii) State the 'law' which this experiment is used to investigate. The commutator is removed and a p-n diode is placed in series with the a.c. generator.
(iii) Theory suggests that the volume of the gas becomes zero at a certain (iii) Distinguish between the p-type material and n-type material of which the diode is
temperature. What is the value of this temperature? ( 1 mark ) made. (4 marks)
(iv) On the axes below, draw a graph of current against time to represent the output of
(c) A container used for storing compressed gas is fitted with a valve which opens the a.c. genterator and diode
when the pressure is 1 x 104 Pa. The cylinder contains gas at 10 °c and 8.5 x 10 5 Pa.
At what temperature will the valve open? (5 marks)
Total 16 marks
 June 1990 P3
1. Some students performed an experiment to investigate the relationship between the
centripetal force and the time for one revolution for an object moving in a circle. A
diagram of the experimental arrangement is shown below.

(b) A 5.0 Ω resistor has a maximum power rating of 5.0 W. It is connected to a d.c. power
supply.
(i) Calculate the maximum permissible current in the resistor. (3 marks)
The resistor is then connected to an ac. supply and an alternating current flows with a peak
value equal to the maximum permissible current. The rate of energy conversion using a.c.
will be less than that using d.c. Explain this fact. (1 mark)
A length of string was tied to a rubber bung and the other end passed through a
glass tube. Weights were then added to this end of the string. The radius of the
circular orbit was found to be 0.5 m and the bung was whirled in a horizontal
circle. The time taken for the rubber bung to complete 50 revolutions was recorded.
The procedure was repeated using a range of weights. The radius of the cirele was
kept constant throughout the experiment

Results of the experiment arc tabulated below:

Weight Average time for Time for 1 revolution T2/s2 1

W/N 50 revolutions /s T/s T2 /s 2

0.50 42.0 0.840 0.706 1.42

0.75 36.8 0.736 0.542

1.00 31.6 0.632 0.399

1.25 28.5 0.570 0.325

1.50 26.8 0.536 0.287

1.75 25.5 0.510 0.260

(a) Calculate die missing values of 1/T2 and IN YOUR ANSWER BOOKLET
tabulate these values of 1/T2 along with the corresponding values of weight.(4
marks)
(b) What provided the centripetal force needed for the hung to maintain its
circular path? (2 marks)
(c) The students found the time for 50 revolutions in EACH case. What TWO
sources of error does this help to reduce? ( 2 marks)
(d) Plot a graph of weight. W (y axis) against 1/T2 (x axis). ( 9 marks)
(e) Calculate the slope of the graph.(5 marks)
(f) Theory shows that the slope = 4 π2 mr, where m is the mass of the bung and r is
the radius of its orbit.
Use your value for the slope to find the mass of the bung.(4 marks)
(g) How would you alter the procedure to investigate the relationship between
the radius of the orbit, r, and the time for one revolution. T? (4 marks)
Total 30
marks (i) The heater operates from a d.c. supply. Draw a diagram of a circuit which
SECTION II may be used to determine the power supplied by the heater. What readings
should be taken to obtain a value for the specific heat capacity of the
copper? Show how these readings would be used.
Answer any THREE questions in this section.
2. In a tape recorder (cassette player), an electric motor rotates the tape in the (ii) The block is now replaced by one of equal mass, made of iron, which has a
cassette. The magnetic tape of the cassette is used to generate a current which larger specific heat capacity. What effect would this have on the
drives a loudspeaker. temperature rise if the other factors remain the same?
(a) Draw a diagram to represent the arrangement of the components in a (10 marks)
simple direct current motor and state the purpose of EACH component. (b) Explain EACH of the following:
The tape is noticed to be rotating too slowly. Suggest TWO reasons why (i) The engines of most motor cars arc water-cooled, whereas smaller engines
this might occur. (10 marks) e.g. those of motor-cycles are usually air-cooled.
(b) The tape is coated with a magnetic material which must be demagnetised
(ii) The difference in the specific heat capacity of land and water gives rise to
before it is used for recording. Suggest how this may be done. (3 marks)
land and sea breezes.
(c) To record a song, a moving-coil microphone is plugged into the tape-
recorder. This connects the microphone to an electromagnet known as the (iii) When ice cubes at 0°C arc added to a cup of hot coffee, they are more
recording head. As the tape passes this head, it is magnetised. effective in cooling the coffee than adding an equal mass of water at 0 °C.
Explain how the sound entering the microphone causes a varying magnetic (10 marks)
field in the recording head. Specific heat capacity of air 1000 J kg -1 K -1
When the singing is louder, the magnetisation of the tape is greater. Briefly Specific heat capacity of water 4 200 J kg -1 K -1
explain this fact. (7 marks)
Total 20 marks
4. (a) The table below shows the values for frequency and wavelength of certain
waves, A, B and C, travelling on deep sea water.

3. (a) The diagram below shows part of the apparatus used to measure the A B C
specific heat capacity of 1 kg copper block. An immersion heater and
a thermometer are inserted into holes drilled in the block. Wavelength /m 10 15 6

Frequency /Hz 4 1 0.5

Calculate the speed of the waves in EACH case and state TWO ways in which the 6. (a) Define the moment of a force and state the principle of moments. A cardboard
speed of deep sea waves differs from that of electro-magnetic waves in a vacuum. lamina hangs freely from a horizontal nail with its plane vertical. What is the moment
(5 marks) of the weight of the lamina when in equilibrium? Give a reason for your answer.
(b) A circular wave-front is created by dropping a stone into a lake. Suggest Describe how this arrangement may be used to find the centre of gravity of the lamina.
TWO reasons why the amplitude of the wave-front decreases as it spreads out. (10 marks)
(3 marks)
(c) Sound waves are used in echo sounding to find the depth of the sea at different
places e.g. under oil-rigs. The sound wave sent out at the surface of the sea is
reflected from the sea bed and the time taken for the echo to return is measured.

Near an oil-rig, the echo returns in 4.6 seconds. If the speed of sound in water is
1500 m s -1, calculate the depth of the sea near this oil rig. (4 marks)
(d) State TWO conditions necessary for total internal reflection to occur.
(e) Draw a diagram showing sound waves sinking an air-water boundary at
the critical angle. (Represent the sound by a ray.)
A UNIFORM plank of length 3 m is supported by two wooden trestles L and M as
Calculate the value of the critical angle. (8 marks)
shown in the diagram above. L exerts a force of 80 N upwards and M a force of 160 N
upwards. M is 0.5 m from the centre of gravity of the plank.
Speed of sound in air 300 m s-1
(i) Calculate the weight . W, of the plank and, by taking moments about the centre of
Speed of sound in water = 1 500 m s -1
gravity, find the value of x .
Total 20 marks
(ii) A boy of weight 200 N walks along the plank from M towards T. How far from M
will he be when the plank just rises from L?
5(a) During the 19th century, Michael Faraday conducted experiments on
(10 marks)
electrolysis. He
investigated the factors which determine the masses of substances liberated.
Total 20 marks
Suggest TWO difficulties which Faraday might have experienced in attempting to
7. (a) The human eye is optically similar to a simple lens camera. State how EACH
obtain reliable results. (2 marks)
achieves the following:
(b) A student wished to cover a metal coin with a coating of copper using the
(i) Control of the amount of light catering
process of electrolysis. Draw a clearly labelled diagram of die circuit he might
have used to achieve this. State TWO precautions which he should have taken to
(ii) Formation of sharp images of objects at different distances
obtain a good coating of copper. (6 marks)
Where is the image formed in EACH case? Name TWO surfaces of the human eye at
(c) In the process described above in (b) . a current of 0.1 A flowed for 12 minutes
which refraction of light occurs. (8 marks)
and the potential difference between the electrodes was 2 V.
(b) An object is placed perpendicular to the principal axis of the converging lens in
Calculate:
a camera used for close-up photography. The object is 30 cm from the lens and an
inverted real image is formed at a distance of 10 cm from the lens.
(i) The charge which has flowed round the circuit
Calculate the magnification of the image and, by means of a scale drawing on graph
(ii) The number of electrons which has flowed round the circuit
paper. determine the focal length of the lens.(8 marks)
(iii) The energy needed to move the electrons between the electrodes of the
(c) The lens is removed from the camera and held at a distance of 4 cm from an ant of
voltameter.
length 2 mm
Would you expect a temperature change to have occurred in the electrolyte? Use a scale diagram to find the length of the image of the ant. ( 4 marks
Give a reason for your answer.
(12 marks)
-19
Charge on electron = 1.6 x 10 C) Total 20 mark